TOOLS
Rule Radar
Futures Prop Firm Rule Changes. Tracked Daily.
Your morning update on futures prop firm rule changes, refreshed overnight.
We track the published rules and policies of 32 futures prop firms and keep every version, so when a firm edits a rule we have the before and after in writing. Most of what changes is really nothing: a fixed typo, a clarified sentence, a word added here and there. But real changes stand out fast, and you can literally watch rules and policies tighten line by line. Payout terms creep, consistency thresholds drop, and prices quietly climb. It works the other way too: sometimes payouts improve and rules loosen, and when that happens it’s usually one of our Premier firms.
Most of the tightening shows up on the Unlisted side, firms we track but haven’t listed on PickAPropFirm.com. When a firm with a rough reputation starts gaining traction on rock-bottom prices, promoted by affiliates who would scam their own grandma for a commission, the discount usually costs you somewhere else, and that somewhere shows up here. If a plan looks too good to be true, it almost always is.
Starred changes are the ones we think deserve your attention; the full feed below is everything we caught, right down to the typo fixes.
Treat this page like your morning paper. It updates overnight, so grab your coffee and see what changed. – Jmu (@jmutrades)
See where these firms land in the Power Rankings ›
Starred changes
PremierBluSky · Orbit Plans: Two Phases, Faster Payouts | BluSky Rules and Help CenterValues changed: $99 to $129, $109 to $199.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000
200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
Account size | Orbit evaluation reset
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
− 50K | $99
− 100K | $109
150K | $279
200K | $279
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
After
150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000
200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
Account size | Orbit evaluation reset
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
+ 50K | $129
+ 100K | $199
150K | $279
200K | $279
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
150K | $150,000 | $4,500 | $4,500 net profit | $154,500 | $500 | $3,000
200K | $200,000 | $3,000 | $3,000 net profit | $203,000 | $500 | $2,500
Your drawdown stops moving once you have earned it back. The floor trails your closed daily profit dollar-for-dollar, and once your lifetime net profit matches your starting drawdown it locks permanently at your starting balance. From that point the account cannot fail below breakeven.
A 40% consistency rule applies while Sim Funded, and payouts become available every three trading days once your balance is above the threshold in the table above.
How the consistency rule works
The consistency rule keeps your biggest day in proportion to the rest of your trading. We compare your largest single profitable day against the sum of your profitable days. Losing days are left out of the calculation entirely — many firms divide by your net profit instead, which shrinks the number you are measured against and makes the rule harder to satisfy.
Here is a week counted both ways. Say you made $1,400 on Monday, $900 on Tuesday, lost $900 on Wednesday, then made $900 on Thursday and $400 on Friday:
- At BluSky we add up your profitable days: $1,400 + $900 + $900 + $400 = $3,600. Your biggest day of $1,400 is 38.9% of that — inside the 40% rule. ✅
- Counting net profit instead subtracts the losing day: $3,600 − $900 = $2,700. The same $1,400 day jumps to 51.9% — outside the same rule. ❌
Being out of consistency does not fail your account. It is checked when you request a payout or try to pass a phase, and you fix it by trading on — every additional profitable day grows the total you are measured against and brings your percentage down.
Resetting an Orbit evaluation
Account size | Orbit evaluation reset
Section: Resetting an Orbit evaluation
− 50K | $99
− 100K | $109
+ 50K | $129
+ 100K | $199
150K | $279
200K | $279
These prices are for Orbit plans only — every plan family has its own reset pricing.
A reset creates a fresh evaluation account, but remember it does not extend your 30-day window — the clock runs from your original purchase.
Still have a question? Our team is here to help.
BluSky Support Desk
PremierBulenox · Withdrawal Rules | Master AccountMaximum payout limits now apply to all payouts instead of only the first three; from the fourth payout onward, requested amount must be less than 50% of total profit.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
For each subsequent payout, another 10 trading days must be completed after the previous payout period has been completed.
Processing Schedule
Payouts are processed once a week, on Wednesdays.
To be included in the following Wednesday’s processing cycle, submit your payout request by 11:59 PM CT on Friday.
Weekends, public holidays and the days between the payout request and the Wednesday processing date do not count toward the next 10-trading-day requirement.
Important. A payout request does not begin the next trading period immediately. The next period begins after the previous payout has been completed.
Profit Split
- the trader receives 90% of each additional payout;
- Bulenox receives a 10% commission.
The commission is applied when the payout is transferred.
Minimum and Maximum Payouts
The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
− The maximum payout limit applies only to the first three payouts:
Account Size | Maximum Payout
$25,000 | $1,$00050,000 | $1,$500100,000 | $1,$750150,000 | $2,$000250,000 | $2,500
− After the third payout, there is no maximum payout limit. The following requirements continue to apply:
- minimum payout of $1,000;
- 10 completed trading days;
- Safety Threshold Reserve;
- 40% Consistency Rule.
Safety Threshold Reserve
The Safety Threshold Reserve is the minimum amount that must remain above the starting balance after a payout.
Account Size | Safety Threshold Reserve
$25,000 | $1,$60050,000 | $2,$600100,000 | $3,$100150,000 | $4,$600250,000 | $5,600
Your account must contain enough profit to cover both:
- the Safety Threshold Reserve;
- the requested payout amount.
Example — $50,000 Master Account
After
For each subsequent payout, another 10 trading days must be completed after the previous payout period has been completed.
Processing Schedule
Payouts are processed once a week, on Wednesdays.
To be included in the following Wednesday’s processing cycle, submit your payout request by 11:59 PM CT on Friday.
Weekends, public holidays and the days between the payout request and the Wednesday processing date do not count toward the next 10-trading-day requirement.
Important. A payout request does not begin the next trading period immediately. The next period begins after the previous payout has been completed.
Profit Split
- the trader receives 90% of each additional payout;
- Bulenox receives a 10% commission.
The commission is applied when the payout is transferred.
Minimum and Maximum Payouts
The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
+ A maximum payout limit applies to every payout. For the first three payouts, it depends on the account size:
Account Size | Maximum Payout
$25,000 | $1,$00050,000 | $1,$500100,000 | $1,$750150,000 | $2,$000250,000 | $2,500
+ Starting from the fourth payout, the requested amount must be less than 50% of the total profit on the Master Account. All other requirements continue to apply:
- minimum payout of $1,000;
- 10 completed trading days;
- Safety Threshold Reserve;
- 40% Consistency Rule.
Safety Threshold Reserve
The Safety Threshold Reserve is the minimum amount that must remain above the starting balance after a payout.
Account Size | Safety Threshold Reserve
$25,000 | $1,$60050,000 | $2,$600100,000 | $3,$100150,000 | $4,$600250,000 | $5,600
Your account must contain enough profit to cover both:
- the Safety Threshold Reserve;
- the requested payout amount.
Example — $50,000 Master Account
For each subsequent payout, another 10 trading days must be completed after the previous payout period has been completed.
Processing Schedule
Payouts are processed once a week, on Wednesdays.
To be included in the following Wednesday’s processing cycle, submit your payout request by 11:59 PM CT on Friday.
Weekends, public holidays and the days between the payout request and the Wednesday processing date do not count toward the next 10-trading-day requirement.
Important. A payout request does not begin the next trading period immediately. The next period begins after the previous payout has been completed.
Profit Split
- the trader receives 90% of each additional payout;
- Bulenox receives a 10% commission.
The commission is applied when the payout is transferred.
Minimum and Maximum Payouts
The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
− The maximum payout limit applies only to the first three payouts:
+ A maximum payout limit applies to every payout. For the first three payouts, it depends on the account size:
Account Size | Maximum Payout
$25,000 | $1,$00050,000 | $1,$500100,000 | $1,$750150,000 | $2,$000250,000 | $2,500
− After the third payout, there is no maximum payout limit. The following requirements continue to apply:
+ Starting from the fourth payout, the requested amount must be less than 50% of the total profit on the Master Account. All other requirements continue to apply:
- minimum payout of $1,000;
- 10 completed trading days;
- Safety Threshold Reserve;
- 40% Consistency Rule.
Safety Threshold Reserve
The Safety Threshold Reserve is the minimum amount that must remain above the starting balance after a payout.
Account Size | Safety Threshold Reserve
$25,000 | $1,$60050,000 | $2,$600100,000 | $3,$100150,000 | $4,$600250,000 | $5,600
Your account must contain enough profit to cover both:
- the Safety Threshold Reserve;
- the requested payout amount.
Example — $50,000 Master Account
PremierTopstep · Topstep Pricing and Payment Questions | Topstep Help CenterAdded new section with six questions and answers about Topstep's affiliate program, including eligibility, offer details, and stacking rules.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Who can use a referral code?
Anyone new to Topstep who hasn't purchased yet, on their first account purchase only. Codes are public, so you can share yours anywhere.
Is this the affiliate program?
No. Referral Codes are open to all Traders with a Trader Profile.
Where does my reward show up?
Email only. It's a discount code, not cash, and nothing is added to an account balance. Check spam and promotions if you don't see it.
More than 5 people used my code. Where are the rest of my rewards?
The cap is 5 reward codes in a rolling 90-day period. Rewards past that aren't banked. Once your oldest code expires, you're eligible to earn another.
I signed up but didn't see the discount. Did I miss it?
No. The referral code applies to your first account purchase, not at sign-up. Enter it at checkout!
Can I see who used my code?
Not yet. The reward email is the only signal right now.
Section: Affiliate Codes
How to Add or Update Payment Details
- Go to your Billing Page on the Dashboard
- Click Add New Card and enter your details
- Scroll to Subscriptions
- Click the Edit icon next to the subscription you want to update
- Select your preferred card and save
☝ Important: At least 1 card must remain on file while a Trading Combine is active. Removing all cards will close your account. Once you set a default card, new purchases will automatically be tied to that card. To update an existing subscription’s payment method, you must change your default card and update the individual subscription.
Payment Troubleshooting
- Use a card in your name — must match your Topstep profile exactly. Using someone else’s card violates the Terms of Use.
- Check your billing address — must match your bank’s records exactly, including formatting.
- Delete and re-enter payment details manually — avoid autofill.
- Wait at least 1 hour between retry attempts — rapid retries can trigger bank blocks.
After
Who can use a referral code?
Anyone new to Topstep who hasn't purchased yet, on their first account purchase only. Codes are public, so you can share yours anywhere.
Is this the affiliate program?
No. Referral Codes are open to all Traders with a Trader Profile.
Where does my reward show up?
Email only. It's a discount code, not cash, and nothing is added to an account balance. Check spam and promotions if you don't see it.
More than 5 people used my code. Where are the rest of my rewards?
The cap is 5 reward codes in a rolling 90-day period. Rewards past that aren't banked. Once your oldest code expires, you're eligible to earn another.
I signed up but didn't see the discount. Did I miss it?
No. The referral code applies to your first account purchase, not at sign-up. Enter it at checkout!
Can I see who used my code?
Not yet. The reward email is the only signal right now.
Section: Affiliate Codes
+ Affiliate Codes
+ What is Topstep’s affiliate program?
+ Topstep partners with a select group of creators, some of whom have an affiliate code to share with their community. When someone purchases with Topstep for the first time using an affiliate code, they save 20%.
+ What is the affiliate code offer?
+ 20% off your first Topstep purchase (Trading Combine, Topstep Labs, including Challenges) when you check out with an affiliate’s code.
+ Who is eligible to use an affiliate’s code?
+ If you have never previously purchased with Topstep, you are eligible to use an affiliate code on your very first Topstep purchase for the purchase of a Topstep Trading Combine, Topstep Labs offering, including a Topstep Challenge. Traders new to Topstep can only use one affiliate code, one time.
+ I want to purchase more than one account. Does the code apply to all purchases?
+ No, affiliate codes are eligible to be used on your first purchase with Topstep. Affiliate codes do not apply to Resets, Back2Funded, market data add-ons, or anything you buy after that first purchase.
+ Can I stack an affiliate code with another promo or code?
+ No, you cannot stack with another promo code, discount, or a referral code. There is one exception: if you opt to add a Daily Loss Limit to a No Activation Fee Trading Combine during your first purchase with Topstep, you can still use an affiliate code to save 20% in addition to the Responsible Trading Advantage savings.
+ How can I become a Topstep Affiliate?
+ We’re launching a new affiliate program and rolling it out gradually, starting with a small group of Traders. Details are limited for now. We’ll share more information here as the program expands!
How to Add or Update Payment Details
- Go to your Billing Page on the Dashboard
- Click Add New Card and enter your details
- Scroll to Subscriptions
- Click the Edit icon next to the subscription you want to update
- Select your preferred card and save
☝ Important: At least 1 card must remain on file while a Trading Combine is active. Removing all cards will close your account. Once you set a default card, new purchases will automatically be tied to that card. To update an existing subscription’s payment method, you must change your default card and update the individual subscription.
Payment Troubleshooting
- Use a card in your name — must match your Topstep profile exactly. Using someone else’s card violates the Terms of Use.
- Check your billing address — must match your bank’s records exactly, including formatting.
- Delete and re-enter payment details manually — avoid autofill.
- Wait at least 1 hour between retry attempts — rapid retries can trigger bank blocks.
Who can use a referral code?
Anyone new to Topstep who hasn't purchased yet, on their first account purchase only. Codes are public, so you can share yours anywhere.
Is this the affiliate program?
No. Referral Codes are open to all Traders with a Trader Profile.
Where does my reward show up?
Email only. It's a discount code, not cash, and nothing is added to an account balance. Check spam and promotions if you don't see it.
More than 5 people used my code. Where are the rest of my rewards?
The cap is 5 reward codes in a rolling 90-day period. Rewards past that aren't banked. Once your oldest code expires, you're eligible to earn another.
I signed up but didn't see the discount. Did I miss it?
No. The referral code applies to your first account purchase, not at sign-up. Enter it at checkout!
Can I see who used my code?
Not yet. The reward email is the only signal right now.
Section: Affiliate Codes
+ Affiliate Codes
+ What is Topstep’s affiliate program?
+ Topstep partners with a select group of creators, some of whom have an affiliate code to share with their community. When someone purchases with Topstep for the first time using an affiliate code, they save 20%.
+ What is the affiliate code offer?
+ 20% off your first Topstep purchase (Trading Combine, Topstep Labs, including Challenges) when you check out with an affiliate’s code.
+ Who is eligible to use an affiliate’s code?
+ If you have never previously purchased with Topstep, you are eligible to use an affiliate code on your very first Topstep purchase for the purchase of a Topstep Trading Combine, Topstep Labs offering, including a Topstep Challenge. Traders new to Topstep can only use one affiliate code, one time.
+ I want to purchase more than one account. Does the code apply to all purchases?
+ No, affiliate codes are eligible to be used on your first purchase with Topstep. Affiliate codes do not apply to Resets, Back2Funded, market data add-ons, or anything you buy after that first purchase.
+ Can I stack an affiliate code with another promo or code?
+ No, you cannot stack with another promo code, discount, or a referral code. There is one exception: if you opt to add a Daily Loss Limit to a No Activation Fee Trading Combine during your first purchase with Topstep, you can still use an affiliate code to save 20% in addition to the Responsible Trading Advantage savings.
+ How can I become a Topstep Affiliate?
+ We’re launching a new affiliate program and rolling it out gradually, starting with a small group of Traders. Details are limited for now. We’ll share more information here as the program expands!
How to Add or Update Payment Details
- Go to your Billing Page on the Dashboard
- Click Add New Card and enter your details
- Scroll to Subscriptions
- Click the Edit icon next to the subscription you want to update
- Select your preferred card and save
☝ Important: At least 1 card must remain on file while a Trading Combine is active. Removing all cards will close your account. Once you set a default card, new purchases will automatically be tied to that card. To update an existing subscription’s payment method, you must change your default card and update the individual subscription.
Payment Troubleshooting
- Use a card in your name — must match your Topstep profile exactly. Using someone else’s card violates the Terms of Use.
- Check your billing address — must match your bank’s records exactly, including formatting.
- Delete and re-enter payment details manually — avoid autofill.
- Wait at least 1 hour between retry attempts — rapid retries can trigger bank blocks.
PremierE8 Markets · E8 Signature | E8 Markets Help Center Futures5 is now 4.Oct 15
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable days will reset to 0.
$75 - $25,000 account
$150 - $50,000 account
$300 - $100,000 account
$450 - $150,000 account
Payout buffer - Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown. The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 3% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $3000.
Payout caps - Payout caps determine the maximum you can request in a single payout.
A full explanation can be seen in this article.
Maximum amount of payouts per account: 4 (only for the Futures market)
Section: Criteria for the payout:
− This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 5 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
Payout Mechanism:
On E8 Signature (futures market), for your current payout, only profit earned during the current cycle is eligible. Meaning Unused profits from previous cycles don't carry over.
Trading Hours And instruments
Please note that on E8 Signature accounts, all positions are closed by 23:00 Server time, and trading re-opens at 00:15 Server time.
Trading hours or available instruments can differ based on the Market you choose - Click here for more details.
News trading
You can trade news on E8 Signature without any restrictions (This includes SimFi™ challenge account (phase-1) and SimFI™ performance Account)
E8 Markets offers a simulated environment that is designed to replicate real-market data and trading conditions; just as slippage is a factor in a real market, it is also present within our simulated environment. Therefore, we recommend that users avoid trading during high-impact news releases.
More information can be accessed in the article here.
Copy trading rules
E8 Markets allows copy trading across all accounts, including SimFi™ challenge and SimFI™ Performance accounts or personal accounts, as long as these accounts belong to you.
What is the available leverage? (Classic Markets)
After
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable days will reset to 0.
$75 - $25,000 account
$150 - $50,000 account
$300 - $100,000 account
$450 - $150,000 account
Payout buffer - Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown. The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 3% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $3000.
Payout caps - Payout caps determine the maximum you can request in a single payout.
A full explanation can be seen in this article.
Maximum amount of payouts per account: 4 (only for the Futures market)
Section: Criteria for the payout:
+ This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 4 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
Payout Mechanism:
On E8 Signature (futures market), for your current payout, only profit earned during the current cycle is eligible. Meaning Unused profits from previous cycles don't carry over.
Trading Hours And instruments
Please note that on E8 Signature accounts, all positions are closed by 23:00 Server time, and trading re-opens at 00:15 Server time.
Trading hours or available instruments can differ based on the Market you choose - Click here for more details.
News trading
You can trade news on E8 Signature without any restrictions (This includes SimFi™ challenge account (phase-1) and SimFI™ performance Account)
E8 Markets offers a simulated environment that is designed to replicate real-market data and trading conditions; just as slippage is a factor in a real market, it is also present within our simulated environment. Therefore, we recommend that users avoid trading during high-impact news releases.
More information can be accessed in the article here.
Copy trading rules
E8 Markets allows copy trading across all accounts, including SimFi™ challenge and SimFI™ Performance accounts or personal accounts, as long as these accounts belong to you.
What is the available leverage? (Classic Markets)
Minimum profitable days between each payout: 5 (does not apply for first payout)
- A profitable day is considered as a day where the realized closed PnL equals to 0.3% or more.
- You have to achieve profitable days between each payout cycle. After requesting a payout, your previously achieved profitable days will reset to 0.
$75 - $25,000 account
$150 - $50,000 account
$300 - $100,000 account
$450 - $150,000 account
Payout buffer - Before you can start requesting payout, you need to leave a buffer in your account in the same size as your EOD Dynamic Drawdown. The buffer can not be requested. The reason for this is to protect trades from violating EOD by requesting full profit from the account.
If your EOD is 3% and your initial balance $100,000, the buffer is $3000.
Payout caps - Payout caps determine the maximum you can request in a single payout.
A full explanation can be seen in this article.
Maximum amount of payouts per account: 4 (only for the Futures market)
Section: Criteria for the payout:
− This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 5 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
+ This determines how many payouts you can request in total from one account. After you request 4 payouts, no matter the remaining buffer or how much you requested in total payouts, the cycle is closed, the account is deactivated, and you move on with the free Challenge of the same size. (Accounts purchased before October 1st, 2026 17:00 UTC + 0 have a max amount set to 5).
Payout Mechanism:
On E8 Signature (futures market), for your current payout, only profit earned during the current cycle is eligible. Meaning Unused profits from previous cycles don't carry over.
Trading Hours And instruments
Please note that on E8 Signature accounts, all positions are closed by 23:00 Server time, and trading re-opens at 00:15 Server time.
Trading hours or available instruments can differ based on the Market you choose - Click here for more details.
News trading
You can trade news on E8 Signature without any restrictions (This includes SimFi™ challenge account (phase-1) and SimFI™ performance Account)
E8 Markets offers a simulated environment that is designed to replicate real-market data and trading conditions; just as slippage is a factor in a real market, it is also present within our simulated environment. Therefore, we recommend that users avoid trading during high-impact news releases.
More information can be accessed in the article here.
Copy trading rules
E8 Markets allows copy trading across all accounts, including SimFi™ challenge and SimFI™ Performance accounts or personal accounts, as long as these accounts belong to you.
What is the available leverage? (Classic Markets)
PremierMyFundedFutures · Comprehensive Look into Redesigned Pro Plan | My Funded Futures Help CenterNew page published.Oct 14
PremierTradeify · Select Evaluation Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterThe $300,000 account maximum changed from 3 per user to 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Daily Payout Policy - For traders who want faster access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility
Available Account Sizes
Select is available in five account sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
- $300,000 (limited release)
Section: Available Account Sizes
− The $300,000 size is a limited release with its own purchase requirements: KYC before purchase, no resets, a maximum of 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Its evaluation, funded, and scaling parameters are in 300K Select Account.
Evaluation Phase (Same for All Traders)
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency:
25K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $1,500
- Maximum Drawdown: $1,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40% (50% add-on available)
- Maximum Contracts: 1 mini / 10 micro
50K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $3,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $2,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
Key Evaluation Features
- No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
- End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
Section: Purchase Restrictions
− - Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $2,500 / $3,500 / $4,500 caps for accounts bought on or after September 1, 2026; $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 if bought before)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
After
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Daily Payout Policy - For traders who want faster access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility
Available Account Sizes
Select is available in five account sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
- $300,000 (limited release)
Section: Available Account Sizes
+ The $300,000 size is a limited release with its own purchase requirements: KYC before purchase, no resets, a maximum of 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Its evaluation, funded, and scaling parameters are in 300K Select Account.
Evaluation Phase (Same for All Traders)
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency:
25K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $1,500
- Maximum Drawdown: $1,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40% (50% add-on available)
- Maximum Contracts: 1 mini / 10 micro
50K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $3,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $2,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
Key Evaluation Features
- No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
- End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
Section: Purchase Restrictions
+ - Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is limited to 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $2,500 / $3,500 / $4,500 caps for accounts bought on or after September 1, 2026; $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 if bought before)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
What Makes Select Different?
Select simplifies the evaluation process by removing the confusion of choosing between multiple evaluation options. Everyone starts with the same evaluation rules, and you only make your choice when you pass and move to the funded stage.
After passing your evaluation, you'll choose between two distinct payout policies, each designed for different trading approaches:
- 5-Day Payout Policy - For traders who prefer traditional milestone-based payouts with larger withdrawal caps
- Daily Payout Policy - For traders who want faster access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility
Available Account Sizes
Select is available in five account sizes:
- $25,000
- $50,000
- $100,000
- $150,000
- $300,000 (limited release)
Section: Available Account Sizes
− The $300,000 size is a limited release with its own purchase requirements: KYC before purchase, no resets, a maximum of 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Its evaluation, funded, and scaling parameters are in 300K Select Account.
+ The $300,000 size is a limited release with its own purchase requirements: KYC before purchase, no resets, a maximum of 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Its evaluation, funded, and scaling parameters are in 300K Select Account.
Evaluation Phase (Same for All Traders)
The evaluation phase uses a single set of rules designed to assess your trading skill and consistency:
25K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $1,500
- Maximum Drawdown: $1,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Consistency Requirement: 40% (50% add-on available)
- Maximum Contracts: 1 mini / 10 micro
50K Account Evaluation
- Profit Target: $3,000
- Maximum Drawdown: $2,000 (End of Day)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
Key Evaluation Features
- No Daily Loss Limit: Trade without daily loss restrictions during your evaluation. Your trailing max drawdown floor still applies at all times.
- End of Day Drawdown: Your drawdown is calculated at session close, so intraday swings do not move the limit. The limit is still enforced in real time - touching it fails the account immediately.
- 40% Consistency Rule: No single trading day can represent more than 40% of your total profit. This encourages stable performance across multiple days.
- No Activation Fees: Start trading immediately after purchasing your evaluation with no additional costs.
- Tier 1 News Trading: You're allowed to trade during major news events.
- Instant Activation: Once you meet all evaluation conditions, you can instantly activate your funded account directly from the dashboard.
Purchase Restrictions
To promote sustainable, long-term trading practices and ensure every trader has fair access, we've introduced limits on the number of account and reset purchases:
- Maximum 15 evaluations can be purchased within any 30-day period since your first purchase.
- Each evaluation can be reset up to 10 times within a 30-day period
- You can hold up to 5 funded accounts simultaneously
Section: Purchase Restrictions
− - Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is capped at 3 accounts per user — see 300K Select Account
+ - Select 300K is excluded from the 15-evaluation limit, has no resets, and is limited to 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together — see 300K Select Account
Making Your Choice After Passing
Once you successfully pass your evaluation, you'll be prompted to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines how you'll access your profits.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 5-Day Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals:
- Payout Frequency: Every 5 winning days
- Payout Caps: Up to 50% of profits ($1,250 / $2,500 / $3,500 / $4,500 caps for accounts bought on or after September 1, 2026; $1,250 / $3,000 / $4,000 / $5,000 if bought before)
- Daily Loss Limit: None
- Drawdown: End of Day only
- Best For: Traders who want flexibility from having no Daily Loss Limit and larger, less frequent withdrawals
Select Daily Payout Policy
The Daily Payout Policy is designed for traders who value rapid access to profits with daily withdrawal eligibility:
- Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility after meeting buffer requirement
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterSelect 300K maximum changed from 3 per user to 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together.Oct 19
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
With the 50% Consistency Add-on, Select 25K costs $135, and a reset costs $90. Select 50K costs $205, and a reset costs $135. Select 100K costs $329, and a reset costs $209. Select 150K costs $459, and a reset costs $299. The 50% Consistency Add-on is not available on the Select 300K.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $135 | $90
Select 50K | $205 | $135
Select 100K | $329 | $209
Select 150K | $459 | $299
Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
− The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Lightning 25K costs $345. Lightning 50K costs $492. Lightning 100K costs $660. Lightning 150K costs $796.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
After
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
With the 50% Consistency Add-on, Select 25K costs $135, and a reset costs $90. Select 50K costs $205, and a reset costs $135. Select 100K costs $329, and a reset costs $209. Select 150K costs $459, and a reset costs $299. The 50% Consistency Add-on is not available on the Select 300K.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $135 | $90
Select 50K | $205 | $135
Select 100K | $329 | $209
Select 150K | $459 | $299
Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
+ The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Lightning 25K costs $345. Lightning 50K costs $492. Lightning 100K costs $660. Lightning 150K costs $796.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
With the 50% Consistency Add-on, Select 25K costs $135, and a reset costs $90. Select 50K costs $205, and a reset costs $135. Select 100K costs $329, and a reset costs $209. Select 150K costs $459, and a reset costs $299. The 50% Consistency Add-on is not available on the Select 300K.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $135 | $90
Select 50K | $205 | $135
Select 100K | $329 | $209
Select 150K | $459 | $299
Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
− The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
+ The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 lifetime purchases per user, with V1 and V2 counted together, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Lightning 25K costs $345. Lightning 50K costs $492. Lightning 100K costs $660. Lightning 150K costs $796.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
PremierTradeify · Rules: Supported Trading Products / Assets | Tradeify Help CenterArticle reorganized by asset class instead of contract size, added position limit explanations, added complete supported symbol list, and added micro currency contracts M6E and M6A.Oct 18
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT, plus EUREX on Tradovate accounts.
The full list is below.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
− ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables below are supported.
Section: Equity Index Futures
− MINI Equity Futures
− Supported mini equity futures: E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME; Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | CBOT
− E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | CME
− E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | CME
− E-Mini Russell | RTY | CME
− E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | CME
− Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | CME
− EUREX Index Futures
− Supported EUREX index futures: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− DAX Index | FDAX | EUREX
− Mini-DAX | FDXM | EUREX
− Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | EUREX
− VSTOXX | FVS | EUREX
− STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | EUREX
− Micro DAX Index | FDXS | EUREX
− Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | EUREX
− EUREX Bond Futures
− Supported EUREX bond futures: Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX.
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Euro-Buxl | FGBX | EUREX
− Euro-Schatz | FGBS | EUREX
− Euro-Bobl | FGBM | EUREX
− Euro-Bund | FGBL | EUREX
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
− Supported currency futures: Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME; Euro FX (6E) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Australian Dollar | 6A | CME
− British Pound | 6B | CME
− Japanese Yen | 6J | CME
− Canadian Dollar | 6C | CME
− Swiss Franc | 6S | CME
− Euro FX | 6E | CME
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
− Supported agricultural futures: Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Lean Hogs | HE | CME
− Live Cattle | LE | CME
− Feeder Cattle | GF | CME
− Soybeans | ZS | CBOT
− Soybean Oil | ZL | CBOT
− Corn | ZC | CBOT
− Wheat | ZW | CBOT
− Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT
− MINI Energy Futures
− Supported mini energy futures: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX; E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX
− Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX
− E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX
− E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX
− MINI Metal Futures
− Supported mini metal futures: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Gold | GC | COMEX
− Copper | HG | COMEX
− Silver | SI | COMEX
− E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX
− Platinum | PL | NYMEX
− Palladium | PA | NYMEX
− MICRO Futures (All Types)
− Supported micro futures: Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME; E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX; Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME; E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | CBOT
− Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME
− Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | CME
− Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | CME
− E-Micro Gold | MGC | COMEX
− Micro Crude Oil | MCL | NYMEX
− E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME
− E-Micro Euro | M6E | CME
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
After
We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT, plus EUREX on Tradovate accounts.
The full list is below.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
+ ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the Metal Futures section below.
⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables below are supported.
Section: Equity Index Futures
+ How this list is organized: products are grouped by asset class. Each group lists its full-size, E-mini and micro contracts together, so you can see every size of a product in one place.
+ Contract sizes and position limits: full-size and E-mini contracts have the same position limits as a mini, so each one counts as one mini. Micros count as one tenth of a mini (10 micros = 1 mini). For example, one Gold (GC) or one Crude Oil (CL) contract uses the same position limit as one E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract.
+ All supported root symbols: ES, NQ, YM, RTY, EMD, NKD, MES, MNQ, MYM, M2K, CL, NG, QM, QG, MCL, GC, SI, HG, PL, PA, QO, MGC, 6E, 6B, 6J, 6A, 6C, 6S, M6E, M6A, ZC, ZW, ZS, ZL, ZM, HE, LE, GF, FDAX, FDXM, FDXS, FESX, FSXE, FXXP, FVS, FGBL, FGBM, FGBS, FGBX. If a root symbol is not on this list, it is not supported.
+ Equity Index Futures
+ Supported equity index futures. Full-size: Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME. E-mini: E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME. Micro: Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | E-mini | CBOT
+ E-Mini Russell | RTY | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | E-mini | CME
+ Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | Full-size | CME
+ Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | Micro | CME
+ Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | Micro | CME
+ Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | Micro | CBOT
+ Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | Micro | CME
+ Energy Futures
+ Supported energy futures. Full-size: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX. E-mini: E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX. Micro: Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Crude Oil | CL | Full-size | NYMEX
+ Natural Gas | NG | Full-size | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | E-mini | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | E-mini | NYMEX
+ Micro Crude Oil | MCL | Micro | NYMEX
+ Metal Futures
+ Supported metal futures. Full-size: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX. E-mini: E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX. Micro: E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Gold | GC | Full-size | COMEX
+ Silver | SI | Full-size | COMEX
+ Copper | HG | Full-size | COMEX
+ Platinum | PL | Full-size | NYMEX
+ Palladium | PA | Full-size | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Gold | QO | E-mini | COMEX
+ E-Micro Gold | MGC | Micro | COMEX
+ Micro Silver (SIL) is not supported. MGC is the only supported micro metal.
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
+ Supported currency futures. Full-size: Euro FX (6E) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME. Micro: E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Euro FX | 6E | Full-size | CME
+ British Pound | 6B | Full-size | CME
+ Japanese Yen | 6J | Full-size | CME
+ Australian Dollar | 6A | Full-size | CME
+ Canadian Dollar | 6C | Full-size | CME
+ Swiss Franc | 6S | Full-size | CME
+ E-Micro Euro | M6E | Micro | CME
+ E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | Micro | CME
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
+ Supported agricultural futures (grains and livestock). Full-size: Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT; Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Corn | ZC | Full-size | CBOT
+ Wheat | ZW | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybeans | ZS | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybean Oil | ZL | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybean Meal | ZM | Full-size | CBOT
+ Lean Hogs | HE | Full-size | CME
+ Live Cattle | LE | Full-size | CME
+ Feeder Cattle | GF | Full-size | CME
+ EUREX Index Futures (Tradovate only)
+ Supported EUREX index futures. Full-size: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX. Mini: Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX. Micro: Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ DAX Index | FDAX | Full-size | EUREX
+ Mini-DAX | FDXM | Mini | EUREX
+ Micro DAX Index | FDXS | Micro | EUREX
+ Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | Full-size | EUREX
+ Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | Micro | EUREX
+ STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | Full-size | EUREX
+ VSTOXX | FVS | Full-size | EUREX
+ EUREX Bond Futures (Tradovate only)
+ Supported EUREX bond futures. Full-size: Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Euro-Bund | FGBL | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Bobl | FGBM | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Schatz | FGBS | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Buxl | FGBX | Full-size | EUREX
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT, plus EUREX on Tradovate accounts.
The full list is below.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
− ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
+ ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the Metal Futures section below.
⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables below are supported.
Section: Equity Index Futures
− MINI Equity Futures
− Supported mini equity futures: E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME; Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | CBOT
− E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | CME
− E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | CME
− E-Mini Russell | RTY | CME
− E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | CME
− Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | CME
− EUREX Index Futures
− Supported EUREX index futures: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− DAX Index | FDAX | EUREX
− Mini-DAX | FDXM | EUREX
− Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | EUREX
− VSTOXX | FVS | EUREX
− STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | EUREX
− Micro DAX Index | FDXS | EUREX
− Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | EUREX
− EUREX Bond Futures
− Supported EUREX bond futures: Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX.
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Euro-Buxl | FGBX | EUREX
− Euro-Schatz | FGBS | EUREX
− Euro-Bobl | FGBM | EUREX
− Euro-Bund | FGBL | EUREX
+ How this list is organized: products are grouped by asset class. Each group lists its full-size, E-mini and micro contracts together, so you can see every size of a product in one place.
+ Contract sizes and position limits: full-size and E-mini contracts have the same position limits as a mini, so each one counts as one mini. Micros count as one tenth of a mini (10 micros = 1 mini). For example, one Gold (GC) or one Crude Oil (CL) contract uses the same position limit as one E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract.
+ All supported root symbols: ES, NQ, YM, RTY, EMD, NKD, MES, MNQ, MYM, M2K, CL, NG, QM, QG, MCL, GC, SI, HG, PL, PA, QO, MGC, 6E, 6B, 6J, 6A, 6C, 6S, M6E, M6A, ZC, ZW, ZS, ZL, ZM, HE, LE, GF, FDAX, FDXM, FDXS, FESX, FSXE, FXXP, FVS, FGBL, FGBM, FGBS, FGBX. If a root symbol is not on this list, it is not supported.
+ Equity Index Futures
+ Supported equity index futures. Full-size: Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME. E-mini: E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME. Micro: Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | E-mini | CBOT
+ E-Mini Russell | RTY | E-mini | CME
+ E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | E-mini | CME
+ Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | Full-size | CME
+ Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | Micro | CME
+ Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | Micro | CME
+ Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | Micro | CBOT
+ Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | Micro | CME
+ Energy Futures
+ Supported energy futures. Full-size: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX. E-mini: E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX. Micro: Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Crude Oil | CL | Full-size | NYMEX
+ Natural Gas | NG | Full-size | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | E-mini | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | E-mini | NYMEX
+ Micro Crude Oil | MCL | Micro | NYMEX
+ Metal Futures
+ Supported metal futures. Full-size: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX. E-mini: E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX. Micro: E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Gold | GC | Full-size | COMEX
+ Silver | SI | Full-size | COMEX
+ Copper | HG | Full-size | COMEX
+ Platinum | PL | Full-size | NYMEX
+ Palladium | PA | Full-size | NYMEX
+ E-Mini Gold | QO | E-mini | COMEX
+ E-Micro Gold | MGC | Micro | COMEX
+ Micro Silver (SIL) is not supported. MGC is the only supported micro metal.
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
− Supported currency futures: Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME; Euro FX (6E) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Australian Dollar | 6A | CME
− British Pound | 6B | CME
− Japanese Yen | 6J | CME
− Canadian Dollar | 6C | CME
− Swiss Franc | 6S | CME
− Euro FX | 6E | CME
+ Supported currency futures. Full-size: Euro FX (6E) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME. Micro: E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Euro FX | 6E | Full-size | CME
+ British Pound | 6B | Full-size | CME
+ Japanese Yen | 6J | Full-size | CME
+ Australian Dollar | 6A | Full-size | CME
+ Canadian Dollar | 6C | Full-size | CME
+ Swiss Franc | 6S | Full-size | CME
+ E-Micro Euro | M6E | Micro | CME
+ E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | Micro | CME
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
− Supported agricultural futures: Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Lean Hogs | HE | CME
− Live Cattle | LE | CME
− Feeder Cattle | GF | CME
− Soybeans | ZS | CBOT
− Soybean Oil | ZL | CBOT
− Corn | ZC | CBOT
− Wheat | ZW | CBOT
− Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT
− MINI Energy Futures
− Supported mini energy futures: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX; E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX
− Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX
− E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX
− E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX
− MINI Metal Futures
− Supported mini metal futures: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Gold | GC | COMEX
− Copper | HG | COMEX
− Silver | SI | COMEX
− E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX
− Platinum | PL | NYMEX
− Palladium | PA | NYMEX
− MICRO Futures (All Types)
− Supported micro futures: Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME; E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX; Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME; E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME.
− Name | Symbol | Exchange
− Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | CBOT
− Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME
− Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | CME
− Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | CME
− E-Micro Gold | MGC | COMEX
− Micro Crude Oil | MCL | NYMEX
− E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME
− E-Micro Euro | M6E | CME
+ Supported agricultural futures (grains and livestock). Full-size: Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT; Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Corn | ZC | Full-size | CBOT
+ Wheat | ZW | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybeans | ZS | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybean Oil | ZL | Full-size | CBOT
+ Soybean Meal | ZM | Full-size | CBOT
+ Lean Hogs | HE | Full-size | CME
+ Live Cattle | LE | Full-size | CME
+ Feeder Cattle | GF | Full-size | CME
+ EUREX Index Futures (Tradovate only)
+ Supported EUREX index futures. Full-size: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX. Mini: Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX. Micro: Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ DAX Index | FDAX | Full-size | EUREX
+ Mini-DAX | FDXM | Mini | EUREX
+ Micro DAX Index | FDXS | Micro | EUREX
+ Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | Full-size | EUREX
+ Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | Micro | EUREX
+ STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | Full-size | EUREX
+ VSTOXX | FVS | Full-size | EUREX
+ EUREX Bond Futures (Tradovate only)
+ Supported EUREX bond futures. Full-size: Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
+ Name | Symbol | Size | Exchange
+ Euro-Bund | FGBL | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Bobl | FGBM | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Schatz | FGBS | Full-size | EUREX
+ Euro-Buxl | FGBX | Full-size | EUREX
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
PremierTradeify · SPIFF Performance Bonuses - NEW! | Tradeify Help CenterPage removed from the help center.Oct 18
PremierTradeify · Live Funded Account Scaling and Risk Parameters | Tradeify Help CenterPage removed from the help center.Oct 18
PremierTradeify · Live Funded Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterPage removed from the help center.Oct 18
PremierTradeify · Introducing Tradeify LIVE: Unlocking Your Full Earning Potential | Tradeify Help CenterPage removed from the help center.Oct 18
PremierTradeify · Affiliates | Tradeify Help CenterRemoved $5 commission for activation fees; evaluation reset commission remains at $5.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
If you would like to apply to become an affiliate for Tradeify please fill in the form on the page below:
- https://tradeify.co/become-an-affiliate/
Already applied? Contact to follow up on your application status.
How Referral Tracking Works
All of our affiliates will receive a unique link that users can click to access our site. This link stores a cookie on the user's device for 60 days, ensuring you receive credit for any purchases they make, even if they use our active discount promotion. The only exception is if the user applies another affiliate's discount code (Last Click), which our system prioritizes.
Commission Rates
Tradeify gives affiliates 15% commission for Growth and Select Evaluation plans and 10% commission for Lightning Funded plans.
Section: Commission Rates
− We also give affiliates $5 for evaluation resets and $5 for activation fees.
Payout Schedule
The minimum amount to receive a payout is $1,000, and payments are paid via Plane. If your earnings do not meet the $1,000 threshold in a given month, your earnings will roll over to subsequent months until the minimum payout threshold is achieved.
When you meet the $1,000 commission threshold by the end of a month, you will receive an email notification with further instructions the following week. Affiliates will be invited to Plane to receive their payment before their affiliate payout due date.
Affiliates are paid out every 15th of the month for the prior month's commissions. Affiliates may receive their payments early but will receive the payment by the 15th of each period.
e.g. Commissions earned between October 1 – October 31 will be paid on November 15th.
Troubleshooting Affiliate Payouts
- If you believe you have met the $1,000 threshold but did not receive a payout, ensure you have completed all onboarding processes necessary for payment.
- If all requirements are completed and you still do not receive payment, contact support to escalate the matter for review.
- If you have met the threshold but have not received an expected email notification, verify that it has not been filtered into your spam folder. If issues persist, contact Tradeify's support team.
After
If you would like to apply to become an affiliate for Tradeify please fill in the form on the page below:
- https://tradeify.co/become-an-affiliate/
Already applied? Contact to follow up on your application status.
How Referral Tracking Works
All of our affiliates will receive a unique link that users can click to access our site. This link stores a cookie on the user's device for 60 days, ensuring you receive credit for any purchases they make, even if they use our active discount promotion. The only exception is if the user applies another affiliate's discount code (Last Click), which our system prioritizes.
Commission Rates
Tradeify gives affiliates 15% commission for Growth and Select Evaluation plans and 10% commission for Lightning Funded plans.
Section: Commission Rates
+ We also give affiliates $5 for evaluation resets.
Payout Schedule
The minimum amount to receive a payout is $1,000, and payments are paid via Plane. If your earnings do not meet the $1,000 threshold in a given month, your earnings will roll over to subsequent months until the minimum payout threshold is achieved.
When you meet the $1,000 commission threshold by the end of a month, you will receive an email notification with further instructions the following week. Affiliates will be invited to Plane to receive their payment before their affiliate payout due date.
Affiliates are paid out every 15th of the month for the prior month's commissions. Affiliates may receive their payments early but will receive the payment by the 15th of each period.
e.g. Commissions earned between October 1 – October 31 will be paid on November 15th.
Troubleshooting Affiliate Payouts
- If you believe you have met the $1,000 threshold but did not receive a payout, ensure you have completed all onboarding processes necessary for payment.
- If all requirements are completed and you still do not receive payment, contact support to escalate the matter for review.
- If you have met the threshold but have not received an expected email notification, verify that it has not been filtered into your spam folder. If issues persist, contact Tradeify's support team.
If you would like to apply to become an affiliate for Tradeify please fill in the form on the page below:
- https://tradeify.co/become-an-affiliate/
Already applied? Contact to follow up on your application status.
How Referral Tracking Works
All of our affiliates will receive a unique link that users can click to access our site. This link stores a cookie on the user's device for 60 days, ensuring you receive credit for any purchases they make, even if they use our active discount promotion. The only exception is if the user applies another affiliate's discount code (Last Click), which our system prioritizes.
Commission Rates
Tradeify gives affiliates 15% commission for Growth and Select Evaluation plans and 10% commission for Lightning Funded plans.
Section: Commission Rates
− We also give affiliates $5 for evaluation resets and $5 for activation fees.
+ We also give affiliates $5 for evaluation resets.
Payout Schedule
The minimum amount to receive a payout is $1,000, and payments are paid via Plane. If your earnings do not meet the $1,000 threshold in a given month, your earnings will roll over to subsequent months until the minimum payout threshold is achieved.
When you meet the $1,000 commission threshold by the end of a month, you will receive an email notification with further instructions the following week. Affiliates will be invited to Plane to receive their payment before their affiliate payout due date.
Affiliates are paid out every 15th of the month for the prior month's commissions. Affiliates may receive their payments early but will receive the payment by the 15th of each period.
e.g. Commissions earned between October 1 – October 31 will be paid on November 15th.
Troubleshooting Affiliate Payouts
- If you believe you have met the $1,000 threshold but did not receive a payout, ensure you have completed all onboarding processes necessary for payment.
- If all requirements are completed and you still do not receive payment, contact support to escalate the matter for review.
- If you have met the threshold but have not received an expected email notification, verify that it has not been filtered into your spam folder. If issues persist, contact Tradeify's support team.
PremierTradeify · Trading Commission Fees | Tradeify Help Center$6.00 is now $5.98.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Agricultural Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Lean Hogs | HE | CME | $9.20
Live Cattle | LE | CME | $11.20
Feeder Cattle | GF | CME | $7.20
Soybeans | ZS | CBOT | $15.20
Soybean Oil | ZL | CBOT | $7.20
Corn | ZC | CBOT | $7.20
Wheat | ZW | CBOT | $17.20
Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT | $9.20
Energy Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Section: Energy Futures
− Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX | $6.00
Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX | $6.20
E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX | $5.40
E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX | $4.00
Metal Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Gold | GC | COMEX | $6.20
Copper | HG | COMEX | $6.20
Silver | SI | COMEX | $6.20
E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX | $5.00
Platinum | PL | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Palladium | PA | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Micro Futures
After
Agricultural Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Lean Hogs | HE | CME | $9.20
Live Cattle | LE | CME | $11.20
Feeder Cattle | GF | CME | $7.20
Soybeans | ZS | CBOT | $15.20
Soybean Oil | ZL | CBOT | $7.20
Corn | ZC | CBOT | $7.20
Wheat | ZW | CBOT | $17.20
Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT | $9.20
Energy Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Section: Energy Futures
+ Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX | $5.98
Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX | $6.20
E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX | $5.40
E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX | $4.00
Metal Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Gold | GC | COMEX | $6.20
Copper | HG | COMEX | $6.20
Silver | SI | COMEX | $6.20
E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX | $5.00
Platinum | PL | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Palladium | PA | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Micro Futures
Agricultural Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Lean Hogs | HE | CME | $9.20
Live Cattle | LE | CME | $11.20
Feeder Cattle | GF | CME | $7.20
Soybeans | ZS | CBOT | $15.20
Soybean Oil | ZL | CBOT | $7.20
Corn | ZC | CBOT | $7.20
Wheat | ZW | CBOT | $17.20
Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT | $9.20
Energy Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Section: Energy Futures
− Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX | $6.00
+ Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX | $5.98
Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX | $6.20
E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX | $5.40
E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX | $4.00
Metal Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Gold | GC | COMEX | $6.20
Copper | HG | COMEX | $6.20
Silver | SI | COMEX | $6.20
E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX | $5.00
Platinum | PL | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Palladium | PA | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Micro Futures
PremierTradeify · How Do I Get Funded After Passing an Evaluation? | Tradeify Help CenterBase account size options now include $25K minimum; activation fees removed for all account types including Advanced legacy.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Once you have met all activation objectives, you can activate your funded account immediately. Simply go to your dashboard, find your account card, and select the Activate Account button. There are no activation fees and no waiting period — activation is instant once your objectives are met.
Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Funded Account Starting Balance
Section: Funded Account Starting Balance
− Your funded account starts at your base account size ($50K, $100K, or $150K) regardless of your evaluation ending balance.
Example: If you end your evaluation at $53,200, your funded account will still start at $50,000 (your base account size).
Activation Fees
Section: Activation Fees
− Activation fees vary by account type:
- Growth: No activation fee
- Select: No activation fee
− - Advanced (legacy): $125
- Lightning: One-time purchase, no activation fee
After
Once you have met all activation objectives, you can activate your funded account immediately. Simply go to your dashboard, find your account card, and select the Activate Account button. There are no activation fees and no waiting period — activation is instant once your objectives are met.
Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Funded Account Starting Balance
Section: Funded Account Starting Balance
+ Your funded account starts at your base account size ($25K, $50K, $100K, or $150K) regardless of your evaluation ending balance.
Example: If you end your evaluation at $53,200, your funded account will still start at $50,000 (your base account size).
Activation Fees
Section: Activation Fees
+ There are no activation fees on any current account type:
- Growth: No activation fee
- Select: No activation fee
- Lightning: One-time purchase, no activation fee
Once you have met all activation objectives, you can activate your funded account immediately. Simply go to your dashboard, find your account card, and select the Activate Account button. There are no activation fees and no waiting period — activation is instant once your objectives are met.
Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Funded Account Starting Balance
Section: Funded Account Starting Balance
− Your funded account starts at your base account size ($50K, $100K, or $150K) regardless of your evaluation ending balance.
+ Your funded account starts at your base account size ($25K, $50K, $100K, or $150K) regardless of your evaluation ending balance.
Example: If you end your evaluation at $53,200, your funded account will still start at $50,000 (your base account size).
Activation Fees
Section: Activation Fees
− Activation fees vary by account type:
+ There are no activation fees on any current account type:
- Growth: No activation fee
- Select: No activation fee
− - Advanced (legacy): $125
- Lightning: One-time purchase, no activation fee
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterValues changed: $5.66 to $5.98, $5.66 to $5.98.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
- Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
- Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
- WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Section: Trading Commission Fees
− The round-trip commission per contract is $5.76 for ES (E-mini S&P 500), $5.76 for NQ (E-mini Nasdaq), $1.82 for MES (Micro E-mini S&P), $1.82 for MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq), $5.66 for CL (Crude Oil), and $6.20 for GC (Gold).
Instrument | Round-Trip Commission
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
− CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Refund Policy
All sales are final. Tradeify does not offer refunds on any purchases. This includes account purchases, resets, and any other fees. Please review all account details before purchasing. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately — contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
Frequently Asked Questions
Are Tradeify accounts subscription-based or one-time purchases?
All Tradeify accounts are one-time purchases. There is no recurring billing or monthly subscription. You pay once and trade until you pass (evaluations) or for the life of the account (Lightning Funded).
What is the cheapest Tradeify account?
After
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
- Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
- Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
- WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Section: Trading Commission Fees
+ The round-trip commission per contract is $5.76 for ES (E-mini S&P 500), $5.76 for NQ (E-mini Nasdaq), $1.82 for MES (Micro E-mini S&P), $1.82 for MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq), $5.98 for CL (Crude Oil), and $6.20 for GC (Gold).
Instrument | Round-Trip Commission
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
+ CL (Crude Oil) | $5.98
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Refund Policy
All sales are final. Tradeify does not offer refunds on any purchases. This includes account purchases, resets, and any other fees. Please review all account details before purchasing. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately — contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
Frequently Asked Questions
Are Tradeify accounts subscription-based or one-time purchases?
All Tradeify accounts are one-time purchases. There is no recurring billing or monthly subscription. You pay once and trade until you pass (evaluations) or for the life of the account (Lightning Funded).
What is the cheapest Tradeify account?
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
- Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
- Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
- WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Section: Trading Commission Fees
− The round-trip commission per contract is $5.76 for ES (E-mini S&P 500), $5.76 for NQ (E-mini Nasdaq), $1.82 for MES (Micro E-mini S&P), $1.82 for MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq), $5.66 for CL (Crude Oil), and $6.20 for GC (Gold).
+ The round-trip commission per contract is $5.76 for ES (E-mini S&P 500), $5.76 for NQ (E-mini Nasdaq), $1.82 for MES (Micro E-mini S&P), $1.82 for MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq), $5.98 for CL (Crude Oil), and $6.20 for GC (Gold).
Instrument | Round-Trip Commission
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
− CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
+ CL (Crude Oil) | $5.98
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Refund Policy
All sales are final. Tradeify does not offer refunds on any purchases. This includes account purchases, resets, and any other fees. Please review all account details before purchasing. One exception: if a promo or discount code was not applied to your purchase, that is handled separately — contact support with your transaction details and we will get it corrected.
Frequently Asked Questions
Are Tradeify accounts subscription-based or one-time purchases?
All Tradeify accounts are one-time purchases. There is no recurring billing or monthly subscription. You pay once and trade until you pass (evaluations) or for the life of the account (Lightning Funded).
What is the cheapest Tradeify account?
PremierTradeify · Introducing the New Select Plan & Changes to the Live Program | Tradeify Help CenterPage removed from the help center.Oct 17
PremierTradeify · Tradeify 3.0 – Program Updates & Improvements | Tradeify Help CenterPage removed from the help center.Oct 17
PremierTradeify · Grand Cup 2: Group Stage & Head-to-Head Bracket | Tradeify Help CenterTime zone abbreviation changed from EST to ET in four update checkpoint times and one explanatory reference.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Day timer
"Day ending in:" at the top counts down to the end of the current matchup. When it hits zero, the round is scored and the winner advances to the next round with a new account.
Balance visibility — what you and your opponent see
This is the part most traders ask about, so read it carefully.
⚠️ The balance shown for your opponent reflects realized profit only. That means closed trades. Unrealized P&L from open positions is never visible on the matchup card.
- Your opponent could be up $100,000 or down $10,000 on open positions and you won't see any of it
- The same applies in reverse — your unrealized swings are invisible to them
- Balances on the matchup card only move when trades close
If your opponent's balance is sitting at $50,000.00, it doesn't necessarily mean they haven't traded. It means they either haven't closed any trades yet, or their closed P&L nets to zero. They could be holding a sizable open position you can't see.
You can always see your own true balance, including unrealized P&L, inside Tradovate or TradeSea. The matchup card is the public-facing scoreboard, not your live account.
When does the matchup balance update?
The matchup card updates four times during the session, at:
Section: Day timer
− - 9:00 PM EST
− - 8:00 AM EST
− - 12:00 PM EST
− - 3:00 PM EST
Between checkpoints, the published number is frozen — even if you or your opponent have closed trades since the last update. Your account in Tradovate / TradeSea is always live in real time; only the public scoreboard waits for the next checkpoint.
Minimum activity requirement
⚠️ You must place at least 3 trades longer than 10 seconds during the matchup.
This requirement prevents inactivity wins. A "trade longer than 10s" means the position was held for more than 10 seconds before being closed. If you don't hit the minimum by the time the matchup ends, you forfeit the round — even if your balance is higher than your opponent's. The requirement is shown directly below the matchup card as a reminder.
Trading rules (same as the Qualifier)
The trading constraints from Stage 1 apply on every Stage 2 matchup account, but the consequences are stricter:
- Max position size: 1 Mini OR 10 Micros. Combinations are not allowed.
- End-of-day review with disqualification: Every Grand Cup account is reviewed for max allocation breaches. Adding more contracts to a position than allowed — including by combining minis and micros — results in disqualification from the competition. There are no resets in Stage 2, so a position-limit breach means elimination, not just a failed account.
What's different in Stage 2
- 🔄 Fresh account every round. Each matchup runs on a brand-new $50,000 account. Profits don't compound across rounds — you're proving yourself on a clean slate every time.
- ❌ No trailing drawdown. The drawdown floor that existed in the Qualifier doesn't apply here. Your round is decided head-to-head, not by a fixed loss limit. You can lose any amount during a matchup without "failing" the account; you just lose the round if you finish below your opponent.
- ❌ No resets. The Reset button is disabled in the bracket. If you lose your matchup or get disqualified for a position-limit breach, you're out of the competition.
- ✅ Head-to-head scoring. Your overall rank doesn't matter — only your matchup does. You can have the second-best balance in the entire bracket and still lose if your specific opponent's balance is higher.
- ✅ Win-rate tiebreaker. If both balances finish equal at the end of a matchup, the trader with the higher percentage of profitable closed trades advances.
- 🤠 Bounties on Outlaws. Eliminate an Outlaw and earn at least $5,000 on top of your final placement prize.
- ✅ Themed rounds. Each round has its own name and identity. Check "View full bracket" to see what's ahead.
Troubleshooting
Do my profits from the previous round carry over?
- No. Each matchup is a fresh $50,000 account. The bracket is win-or-go-home; the win itself advances you, not the dollar amount you won by.
My opponent's balance hasn't moved in a while.
Section: Troubleshooting
− - The matchup card only updates four times per session (9:00 PM, 8:00 AM, 12:00 PM, 3:00 PM EST). Between checkpoints it's frozen. Your opponent may have been actively trading the whole time — you just won't see it until the next checkpoint.
My opponent shows $50,000.00 but I'm certain they've been trading.
- They're either holding open positions with unrealized P&L, or their closed trades net to zero. Unrealized P&L is never displayed on the matchup card. Wait for the next checkpoint to see if anything has been realized.
The day timer hit zero but the round hasn't resolved.
- Final scoring runs after the matchup closes. Give it a few minutes. If your round still hasn't resolved after that, contact support.
I forgot the 3-trade minimum and the matchup is over.
- The matchup is forfeited. There are no resets in Stage 2.
My balance and my opponent's balance ended exactly equal.
- Win rate decides the round — the trader with the higher percentage of profitable closed trades in that matchup advances.
My account was disqualified for going over the position limit.
- There are no resets in Stage 2. A position-limit breach is an elimination from the competition.
I drew an Outlaw — what happens if I beat them?
- You earn the bounty listed next to that Outlaw on the bracket (at least $5,000, sometimes higher) on top of any standard prize for your final placement. You also advance to the next round as normal.
After
Day timer
"Day ending in:" at the top counts down to the end of the current matchup. When it hits zero, the round is scored and the winner advances to the next round with a new account.
Balance visibility — what you and your opponent see
This is the part most traders ask about, so read it carefully.
⚠️ The balance shown for your opponent reflects realized profit only. That means closed trades. Unrealized P&L from open positions is never visible on the matchup card.
- Your opponent could be up $100,000 or down $10,000 on open positions and you won't see any of it
- The same applies in reverse — your unrealized swings are invisible to them
- Balances on the matchup card only move when trades close
If your opponent's balance is sitting at $50,000.00, it doesn't necessarily mean they haven't traded. It means they either haven't closed any trades yet, or their closed P&L nets to zero. They could be holding a sizable open position you can't see.
You can always see your own true balance, including unrealized P&L, inside Tradovate or TradeSea. The matchup card is the public-facing scoreboard, not your live account.
When does the matchup balance update?
The matchup card updates four times during the session, at:
Section: Day timer
+ - 9:00 PM ET
+ - 8:00 AM ET
+ - 12:00 PM ET
+ - 3:00 PM ET
Between checkpoints, the published number is frozen — even if you or your opponent have closed trades since the last update. Your account in Tradovate / TradeSea is always live in real time; only the public scoreboard waits for the next checkpoint.
Minimum activity requirement
⚠️ You must place at least 3 trades longer than 10 seconds during the matchup.
This requirement prevents inactivity wins. A "trade longer than 10s" means the position was held for more than 10 seconds before being closed. If you don't hit the minimum by the time the matchup ends, you forfeit the round — even if your balance is higher than your opponent's. The requirement is shown directly below the matchup card as a reminder.
Trading rules (same as the Qualifier)
The trading constraints from Stage 1 apply on every Stage 2 matchup account, but the consequences are stricter:
- Max position size: 1 Mini OR 10 Micros. Combinations are not allowed.
- End-of-day review with disqualification: Every Grand Cup account is reviewed for max allocation breaches. Adding more contracts to a position than allowed — including by combining minis and micros — results in disqualification from the competition. There are no resets in Stage 2, so a position-limit breach means elimination, not just a failed account.
What's different in Stage 2
- 🔄 Fresh account every round. Each matchup runs on a brand-new $50,000 account. Profits don't compound across rounds — you're proving yourself on a clean slate every time.
- ❌ No trailing drawdown. The drawdown floor that existed in the Qualifier doesn't apply here. Your round is decided head-to-head, not by a fixed loss limit. You can lose any amount during a matchup without "failing" the account; you just lose the round if you finish below your opponent.
- ❌ No resets. The Reset button is disabled in the bracket. If you lose your matchup or get disqualified for a position-limit breach, you're out of the competition.
- ✅ Head-to-head scoring. Your overall rank doesn't matter — only your matchup does. You can have the second-best balance in the entire bracket and still lose if your specific opponent's balance is higher.
- ✅ Win-rate tiebreaker. If both balances finish equal at the end of a matchup, the trader with the higher percentage of profitable closed trades advances.
- 🤠 Bounties on Outlaws. Eliminate an Outlaw and earn at least $5,000 on top of your final placement prize.
- ✅ Themed rounds. Each round has its own name and identity. Check "View full bracket" to see what's ahead.
Troubleshooting
Do my profits from the previous round carry over?
- No. Each matchup is a fresh $50,000 account. The bracket is win-or-go-home; the win itself advances you, not the dollar amount you won by.
My opponent's balance hasn't moved in a while.
Section: Troubleshooting
+ - The matchup card only updates four times per session (9:00 PM, 8:00 AM, 12:00 PM, 3:00 PM ET). Between checkpoints it's frozen. Your opponent may have been actively trading the whole time — you just won't see it until the next checkpoint.
My opponent shows $50,000.00 but I'm certain they've been trading.
- They're either holding open positions with unrealized P&L, or their closed trades net to zero. Unrealized P&L is never displayed on the matchup card. Wait for the next checkpoint to see if anything has been realized.
The day timer hit zero but the round hasn't resolved.
- Final scoring runs after the matchup closes. Give it a few minutes. If your round still hasn't resolved after that, contact support.
I forgot the 3-trade minimum and the matchup is over.
- The matchup is forfeited. There are no resets in Stage 2.
My balance and my opponent's balance ended exactly equal.
- Win rate decides the round — the trader with the higher percentage of profitable closed trades in that matchup advances.
My account was disqualified for going over the position limit.
- There are no resets in Stage 2. A position-limit breach is an elimination from the competition.
I drew an Outlaw — what happens if I beat them?
- You earn the bounty listed next to that Outlaw on the bracket (at least $5,000, sometimes higher) on top of any standard prize for your final placement. You also advance to the next round as normal.
Day timer
"Day ending in:" at the top counts down to the end of the current matchup. When it hits zero, the round is scored and the winner advances to the next round with a new account.
Balance visibility — what you and your opponent see
This is the part most traders ask about, so read it carefully.
⚠️ The balance shown for your opponent reflects realized profit only. That means closed trades. Unrealized P&L from open positions is never visible on the matchup card.
- Your opponent could be up $100,000 or down $10,000 on open positions and you won't see any of it
- The same applies in reverse — your unrealized swings are invisible to them
- Balances on the matchup card only move when trades close
If your opponent's balance is sitting at $50,000.00, it doesn't necessarily mean they haven't traded. It means they either haven't closed any trades yet, or their closed P&L nets to zero. They could be holding a sizable open position you can't see.
You can always see your own true balance, including unrealized P&L, inside Tradovate or TradeSea. The matchup card is the public-facing scoreboard, not your live account.
When does the matchup balance update?
The matchup card updates four times during the session, at:
Section: Day timer
− - 9:00 PM EST
− - 8:00 AM EST
− - 12:00 PM EST
− - 3:00 PM EST
+ - 9:00 PM ET
+ - 8:00 AM ET
+ - 12:00 PM ET
+ - 3:00 PM ET
Between checkpoints, the published number is frozen — even if you or your opponent have closed trades since the last update. Your account in Tradovate / TradeSea is always live in real time; only the public scoreboard waits for the next checkpoint.
Minimum activity requirement
⚠️ You must place at least 3 trades longer than 10 seconds during the matchup.
This requirement prevents inactivity wins. A "trade longer than 10s" means the position was held for more than 10 seconds before being closed. If you don't hit the minimum by the time the matchup ends, you forfeit the round — even if your balance is higher than your opponent's. The requirement is shown directly below the matchup card as a reminder.
Trading rules (same as the Qualifier)
The trading constraints from Stage 1 apply on every Stage 2 matchup account, but the consequences are stricter:
- Max position size: 1 Mini OR 10 Micros. Combinations are not allowed.
- End-of-day review with disqualification: Every Grand Cup account is reviewed for max allocation breaches. Adding more contracts to a position than allowed — including by combining minis and micros — results in disqualification from the competition. There are no resets in Stage 2, so a position-limit breach means elimination, not just a failed account.
What's different in Stage 2
- 🔄 Fresh account every round. Each matchup runs on a brand-new $50,000 account. Profits don't compound across rounds — you're proving yourself on a clean slate every time.
- ❌ No trailing drawdown. The drawdown floor that existed in the Qualifier doesn't apply here. Your round is decided head-to-head, not by a fixed loss limit. You can lose any amount during a matchup without "failing" the account; you just lose the round if you finish below your opponent.
- ❌ No resets. The Reset button is disabled in the bracket. If you lose your matchup or get disqualified for a position-limit breach, you're out of the competition.
- ✅ Head-to-head scoring. Your overall rank doesn't matter — only your matchup does. You can have the second-best balance in the entire bracket and still lose if your specific opponent's balance is higher.
- ✅ Win-rate tiebreaker. If both balances finish equal at the end of a matchup, the trader with the higher percentage of profitable closed trades advances.
- 🤠 Bounties on Outlaws. Eliminate an Outlaw and earn at least $5,000 on top of your final placement prize.
- ✅ Themed rounds. Each round has its own name and identity. Check "View full bracket" to see what's ahead.
Troubleshooting
Do my profits from the previous round carry over?
- No. Each matchup is a fresh $50,000 account. The bracket is win-or-go-home; the win itself advances you, not the dollar amount you won by.
My opponent's balance hasn't moved in a while.
Section: Troubleshooting
− - The matchup card only updates four times per session (9:00 PM, 8:00 AM, 12:00 PM, 3:00 PM EST). Between checkpoints it's frozen. Your opponent may have been actively trading the whole time — you just won't see it until the next checkpoint.
+ - The matchup card only updates four times per session (9:00 PM, 8:00 AM, 12:00 PM, 3:00 PM ET). Between checkpoints it's frozen. Your opponent may have been actively trading the whole time — you just won't see it until the next checkpoint.
My opponent shows $50,000.00 but I'm certain they've been trading.
- They're either holding open positions with unrealized P&L, or their closed trades net to zero. Unrealized P&L is never displayed on the matchup card. Wait for the next checkpoint to see if anything has been realized.
The day timer hit zero but the round hasn't resolved.
- Final scoring runs after the matchup closes. Give it a few minutes. If your round still hasn't resolved after that, contact support.
I forgot the 3-trade minimum and the matchup is over.
- The matchup is forfeited. There are no resets in Stage 2.
My balance and my opponent's balance ended exactly equal.
- Win rate decides the round — the trader with the higher percentage of profitable closed trades in that matchup advances.
My account was disqualified for going over the position limit.
- There are no resets in Stage 2. A position-limit breach is an elimination from the competition.
I drew an Outlaw — what happens if I beat them?
- You earn the bounty listed next to that Outlaw on the bracket (at least $5,000, sometimes higher) on top of any standard prize for your final placement. You also advance to the next round as normal.
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Grand Cup 2: The Outlaws — Competition Guide | Tradeify Help CenterTime zone abbreviations changed from EST to ET in four locations throughout the article.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Starting Balance: $50,000 (Simulated)
- Trailing Drawdown: $2,500
- Max Position Size: 1 Mini OR 10 Micros (cannot be combined)
- Position size limits are per account, not per asset. Abuse will result in account failure at end of session.
How It Works:
- Open qualification — all entrants compete on equal footing
- Ranked by highest ending account balance
- Top 1,000 traders advance to Stage 2
Stage 2 — Head-to-Head Bracket
Duration: Tuesday, May 26 (market open, evening) — Tuesday, June 9 (market close). All times ET.
Field: 1,024 traders total — 1,000 Stage 1 qualifiers + 24 Outlaws.
A duel, not a leaderboard.
Section: Stage 2 — Head-to-Head Bracket
− Stage 2 is built like a duel — two traders, one trading day, one shot to outscore your opponent before the bell. Each matchup runs a full Tradeify trading day: opening at 6:00 PM EST and closing at 5:00 PM EST the following day.
You and your opponent trade independently on identical fresh $50,000 simulated accounts — no trailing drawdown, no resets, max position size of 1 Mini OR 10 Micros — but you're being scored against each other.
The twist: balances only reveal four times during the session.
Unlike the qualifier, where the leaderboard refreshes continuously, Stage 2 matchup standings are published at four checkpoints during the trading day. Between checkpoints, you're flying blind on your opponent's position. You can see your own trades and P/L on the platform at all times — but the head-to-head standing only moves four times before the close.
This is what makes Grand Cup 2 feel like a duel: no shadowing, no last-second reactions to your opponent's P/L curve. Pick your spots, hold your line, and see who comes out ahead at the next reveal.
Account Details:
- Starting Balance: $50,000 (Simulated)
- No drawdown rules — pure performance
- Max Position Size: 1 Mini OR 10 Micros (cannot be combined)
- Position size limits are per account, not per asset. If we detect that the max allocation was exceeded, the account will be failed.
- Fresh account each day (no balance carries over between matchups)
Match Format:
- One head-to-head matchup per trading day
Q: Does my balance carry over between days in Stage 2? A: No. Each head-to-head matchup starts on a fresh $50,000 account.
Q: Can I trade minis and micros at the same time in Stage 1? A: No. The limit is 1 Mini OR 10 Micros — they cannot be combined.
Q: What's the max position size, and what happens if I exceed it? A: The max position size is 1 Mini OR 10 Micros — these cannot be combined under any circumstances. The rule applies in both Stage 1 and Stage 2.
At the end of each trading day, we review all Grand Cup accounts for max allocation breaches. Any account that exceeded the limit at any point during the session — including by combining minis and micros — will be marked as failed before the next session begins, removing it from the leaderboard (Stage 1) or forfeiting that day's matchup (Stage 2).
Q: How do I reset my account? A: From your Grand Cup 2 dashboard. Resets cost $29 and are limited to 3 per trader, Qualifier only.
Q: Can I still reset during the head-to-head bracket? A: No. Once Stage 2 begins, no resets are available.
Q: How often do the leaderboard and bracket update? A: Both run on roughly a 15-minute cadence — they are not real-time. Your Stage 1 leaderboard ranking and Stage 2 bracket status (advances, eliminations, account failures) typically reflect within 15 minutes of the underlying event. This is separate from the Stage 2 in-matchup checkpoints, where your opponent's balance only reveals at four set times during the trading day (see the Head-to-Head Format FAQ).
Q: Can I use bots or automated/algorithmic trading? A: The same rules that apply to your regular Tradeify accounts apply during Grand Cup 2. Personal bots are allowed under specific conditions — no high-frequency trading, the bot must be solely for your own use, and it cannot be shared across other firms or traders. For full details, see Guidelines for Traders.
Head-to-Head Format
Q: How are matchups decided? A: Day 1 matchups are drawn at random across the full 1,024-trader field — Stage 1 ranking does not influence seeding. From Day 2 onward, matchups follow the standard bracket: each winner advances to face the winner of the adjacent slot. Brackets are locked once Day 1 is drawn, so there's no re-bracketing after that point.
Q: Will I know who I'm facing in advance? A: Yes. Brackets are public, so you can see your upcoming matchup (and the full field) at any time.
Q: When do balance updates happen during a matchup?
Section: Head-to-Head Format
− A: Four times per session, at 9:00 PM, 8:00 AM, 12:00 PM, and 3:00 PM EST. You can always see your own account balance and positions on your trading platform — the four checkpoints control what's visible on the public bracket / leaderboard.
Opponent balances on the bracket also reflect realized profit only — closed trades. Unrealized P&L from open positions is never shown. Your opponent could be up $100,000 or down $10,000 on open positions and you won't see it until those trades close and the next checkpoint runs. Your unrealized swings aren't visible to them either.
Q: Can I see my opponent's trades or P/L in real time? A: No. You only see your opponent's standing at the four checkpoints during the trading day. This is intentional — the head-to-head format is designed so neither trader can react to the other's moves in real time.
− Q: What if I'm winning at the second checkpoint? Should I stop trading? A: That's your call — but remember the participation requirement (3+ trades, each held longer than 10 seconds) and that your opponent can still close the gap before the 5:00 PM EST bell. Final standing is what counts; checkpoint standings are just snapshots.
Q: What are the participation requirements for each matchup? A: To qualify for advancement, you must execute at least 3 trades, and each trade must be held for more than 10 seconds. Failure to meet either requirement means automatic disqualification, and your opponent advances.
Q: What if I have a higher ending balance but didn't meet the participation requirement? A: You're disqualified. Participation is a hard requirement, not a tiebreaker — both conditions (3+ trades, each held longer than 10 seconds) must be met regardless of how the matchup is going.
Example: Trader A ends the day at $55,000 with only 2 qualifying trades. Trader B ends at $44,000 with 3 qualifying trades. Trader B advances; Trader A is disqualified, even though Trader A had the higher balance.
Q: What happens if both traders in a matchup fail the participation requirements? A: Both are disqualified. The trader they would have faced in the next round gets a bye and advances automatically.
Q: What happens if both traders end the day with the same balance? A: The trader with the better win rate within that day's matchup advances.
Q: Can I be matched against an Outlaw on Day 1? A: Yes. Day 1 matchups are drawn at random across the full 1,024-trader field, so any qualifier could face an Outlaw in the first round.
Q: Can I trade Silver during head to head stage? A: No. Only NQ, ES, GC and CL and their micro versions are allowed during head to head.
Outlaws & Bounties
Q: Who are the Outlaws? A: 24 featured traders hand-picked by Tradeify, entering directly into Stage 2 with a target on their backs.
Q: How do I claim an Outlaw bounty? A: Eliminate an Outlaw in your head-to-head matchup. The bounty is added to your earnings automatically — and you can request the payout on demand from your dashboard, no need to wait for the tournament to end.
After
- Starting Balance: $50,000 (Simulated)
- Trailing Drawdown: $2,500
- Max Position Size: 1 Mini OR 10 Micros (cannot be combined)
- Position size limits are per account, not per asset. Abuse will result in account failure at end of session.
How It Works:
- Open qualification — all entrants compete on equal footing
- Ranked by highest ending account balance
- Top 1,000 traders advance to Stage 2
Stage 2 — Head-to-Head Bracket
Duration: Tuesday, May 26 (market open, evening) — Tuesday, June 9 (market close). All times ET.
Field: 1,024 traders total — 1,000 Stage 1 qualifiers + 24 Outlaws.
A duel, not a leaderboard.
Section: Stage 2 — Head-to-Head Bracket
+ Stage 2 is built like a duel — two traders, one trading day, one shot to outscore your opponent before the bell. Each matchup runs a full Tradeify trading day: opening at 6:00 PM ET and closing at 5:00 PM ET the following day.
You and your opponent trade independently on identical fresh $50,000 simulated accounts — no trailing drawdown, no resets, max position size of 1 Mini OR 10 Micros — but you're being scored against each other.
The twist: balances only reveal four times during the session.
Unlike the qualifier, where the leaderboard refreshes continuously, Stage 2 matchup standings are published at four checkpoints during the trading day. Between checkpoints, you're flying blind on your opponent's position. You can see your own trades and P/L on the platform at all times — but the head-to-head standing only moves four times before the close.
This is what makes Grand Cup 2 feel like a duel: no shadowing, no last-second reactions to your opponent's P/L curve. Pick your spots, hold your line, and see who comes out ahead at the next reveal.
Account Details:
- Starting Balance: $50,000 (Simulated)
- No drawdown rules — pure performance
- Max Position Size: 1 Mini OR 10 Micros (cannot be combined)
- Position size limits are per account, not per asset. If we detect that the max allocation was exceeded, the account will be failed.
- Fresh account each day (no balance carries over between matchups)
Match Format:
- One head-to-head matchup per trading day
Q: Does my balance carry over between days in Stage 2? A: No. Each head-to-head matchup starts on a fresh $50,000 account.
Q: Can I trade minis and micros at the same time in Stage 1? A: No. The limit is 1 Mini OR 10 Micros — they cannot be combined.
Q: What's the max position size, and what happens if I exceed it? A: The max position size is 1 Mini OR 10 Micros — these cannot be combined under any circumstances. The rule applies in both Stage 1 and Stage 2.
At the end of each trading day, we review all Grand Cup accounts for max allocation breaches. Any account that exceeded the limit at any point during the session — including by combining minis and micros — will be marked as failed before the next session begins, removing it from the leaderboard (Stage 1) or forfeiting that day's matchup (Stage 2).
Q: How do I reset my account? A: From your Grand Cup 2 dashboard. Resets cost $29 and are limited to 3 per trader, Qualifier only.
Q: Can I still reset during the head-to-head bracket? A: No. Once Stage 2 begins, no resets are available.
Q: How often do the leaderboard and bracket update? A: Both run on roughly a 15-minute cadence — they are not real-time. Your Stage 1 leaderboard ranking and Stage 2 bracket status (advances, eliminations, account failures) typically reflect within 15 minutes of the underlying event. This is separate from the Stage 2 in-matchup checkpoints, where your opponent's balance only reveals at four set times during the trading day (see the Head-to-Head Format FAQ).
Q: Can I use bots or automated/algorithmic trading? A: The same rules that apply to your regular Tradeify accounts apply during Grand Cup 2. Personal bots are allowed under specific conditions — no high-frequency trading, the bot must be solely for your own use, and it cannot be shared across other firms or traders. For full details, see Guidelines for Traders.
Head-to-Head Format
Q: How are matchups decided? A: Day 1 matchups are drawn at random across the full 1,024-trader field — Stage 1 ranking does not influence seeding. From Day 2 onward, matchups follow the standard bracket: each winner advances to face the winner of the adjacent slot. Brackets are locked once Day 1 is drawn, so there's no re-bracketing after that point.
Q: Will I know who I'm facing in advance? A: Yes. Brackets are public, so you can see your upcoming matchup (and the full field) at any time.
Q: When do balance updates happen during a matchup?
Section: Head-to-Head Format
+ A: Four times per session, at 9:00 PM, 8:00 AM, 12:00 PM, and 3:00 PM ET. You can always see your own account balance and positions on your trading platform — the four checkpoints control what's visible on the public bracket / leaderboard.
Opponent balances on the bracket also reflect realized profit only — closed trades. Unrealized P&L from open positions is never shown. Your opponent could be up $100,000 or down $10,000 on open positions and you won't see it until those trades close and the next checkpoint runs. Your unrealized swings aren't visible to them either.
Q: Can I see my opponent's trades or P/L in real time? A: No. You only see your opponent's standing at the four checkpoints during the trading day. This is intentional — the head-to-head format is designed so neither trader can react to the other's moves in real time.
+ Q: What if I'm winning at the second checkpoint? Should I stop trading? A: That's your call — but remember the participation requirement (3+ trades, each held longer than 10 seconds) and that your opponent can still close the gap before the 5:00 PM ET bell. Final standing is what counts; checkpoint standings are just snapshots.
Q: What are the participation requirements for each matchup? A: To qualify for advancement, you must execute at least 3 trades, and each trade must be held for more than 10 seconds. Failure to meet either requirement means automatic disqualification, and your opponent advances.
Q: What if I have a higher ending balance but didn't meet the participation requirement? A: You're disqualified. Participation is a hard requirement, not a tiebreaker — both conditions (3+ trades, each held longer than 10 seconds) must be met regardless of how the matchup is going.
Example: Trader A ends the day at $55,000 with only 2 qualifying trades. Trader B ends at $44,000 with 3 qualifying trades. Trader B advances; Trader A is disqualified, even though Trader A had the higher balance.
Q: What happens if both traders in a matchup fail the participation requirements? A: Both are disqualified. The trader they would have faced in the next round gets a bye and advances automatically.
Q: What happens if both traders end the day with the same balance? A: The trader with the better win rate within that day's matchup advances.
Q: Can I be matched against an Outlaw on Day 1? A: Yes. Day 1 matchups are drawn at random across the full 1,024-trader field, so any qualifier could face an Outlaw in the first round.
Q: Can I trade Silver during head to head stage? A: No. Only NQ, ES, GC and CL and their micro versions are allowed during head to head.
Outlaws & Bounties
Q: Who are the Outlaws? A: 24 featured traders hand-picked by Tradeify, entering directly into Stage 2 with a target on their backs.
Q: How do I claim an Outlaw bounty? A: Eliminate an Outlaw in your head-to-head matchup. The bounty is added to your earnings automatically — and you can request the payout on demand from your dashboard, no need to wait for the tournament to end.
- Starting Balance: $50,000 (Simulated)
- Trailing Drawdown: $2,500
- Max Position Size: 1 Mini OR 10 Micros (cannot be combined)
- Position size limits are per account, not per asset. Abuse will result in account failure at end of session.
How It Works:
- Open qualification — all entrants compete on equal footing
- Ranked by highest ending account balance
- Top 1,000 traders advance to Stage 2
Stage 2 — Head-to-Head Bracket
Duration: Tuesday, May 26 (market open, evening) — Tuesday, June 9 (market close). All times ET.
Field: 1,024 traders total — 1,000 Stage 1 qualifiers + 24 Outlaws.
A duel, not a leaderboard.
Section: Stage 2 — Head-to-Head Bracket
− Stage 2 is built like a duel — two traders, one trading day, one shot to outscore your opponent before the bell. Each matchup runs a full Tradeify trading day: opening at 6:00 PM EST and closing at 5:00 PM EST the following day.
+ Stage 2 is built like a duel — two traders, one trading day, one shot to outscore your opponent before the bell. Each matchup runs a full Tradeify trading day: opening at 6:00 PM ET and closing at 5:00 PM ET the following day.
You and your opponent trade independently on identical fresh $50,000 simulated accounts — no trailing drawdown, no resets, max position size of 1 Mini OR 10 Micros — but you're being scored against each other.
The twist: balances only reveal four times during the session.
Unlike the qualifier, where the leaderboard refreshes continuously, Stage 2 matchup standings are published at four checkpoints during the trading day. Between checkpoints, you're flying blind on your opponent's position. You can see your own trades and P/L on the platform at all times — but the head-to-head standing only moves four times before the close.
This is what makes Grand Cup 2 feel like a duel: no shadowing, no last-second reactions to your opponent's P/L curve. Pick your spots, hold your line, and see who comes out ahead at the next reveal.
Account Details:
- Starting Balance: $50,000 (Simulated)
- No drawdown rules — pure performance
- Max Position Size: 1 Mini OR 10 Micros (cannot be combined)
- Position size limits are per account, not per asset. If we detect that the max allocation was exceeded, the account will be failed.
- Fresh account each day (no balance carries over between matchups)
Match Format:
- One head-to-head matchup per trading day
Q: Does my balance carry over between days in Stage 2? A: No. Each head-to-head matchup starts on a fresh $50,000 account.
Q: Can I trade minis and micros at the same time in Stage 1? A: No. The limit is 1 Mini OR 10 Micros — they cannot be combined.
Q: What's the max position size, and what happens if I exceed it? A: The max position size is 1 Mini OR 10 Micros — these cannot be combined under any circumstances. The rule applies in both Stage 1 and Stage 2.
At the end of each trading day, we review all Grand Cup accounts for max allocation breaches. Any account that exceeded the limit at any point during the session — including by combining minis and micros — will be marked as failed before the next session begins, removing it from the leaderboard (Stage 1) or forfeiting that day's matchup (Stage 2).
Q: How do I reset my account? A: From your Grand Cup 2 dashboard. Resets cost $29 and are limited to 3 per trader, Qualifier only.
Q: Can I still reset during the head-to-head bracket? A: No. Once Stage 2 begins, no resets are available.
Q: How often do the leaderboard and bracket update? A: Both run on roughly a 15-minute cadence — they are not real-time. Your Stage 1 leaderboard ranking and Stage 2 bracket status (advances, eliminations, account failures) typically reflect within 15 minutes of the underlying event. This is separate from the Stage 2 in-matchup checkpoints, where your opponent's balance only reveals at four set times during the trading day (see the Head-to-Head Format FAQ).
Q: Can I use bots or automated/algorithmic trading? A: The same rules that apply to your regular Tradeify accounts apply during Grand Cup 2. Personal bots are allowed under specific conditions — no high-frequency trading, the bot must be solely for your own use, and it cannot be shared across other firms or traders. For full details, see Guidelines for Traders.
Head-to-Head Format
Q: How are matchups decided? A: Day 1 matchups are drawn at random across the full 1,024-trader field — Stage 1 ranking does not influence seeding. From Day 2 onward, matchups follow the standard bracket: each winner advances to face the winner of the adjacent slot. Brackets are locked once Day 1 is drawn, so there's no re-bracketing after that point.
Q: Will I know who I'm facing in advance? A: Yes. Brackets are public, so you can see your upcoming matchup (and the full field) at any time.
Q: When do balance updates happen during a matchup?
Section: Head-to-Head Format
− A: Four times per session, at 9:00 PM, 8:00 AM, 12:00 PM, and 3:00 PM EST. You can always see your own account balance and positions on your trading platform — the four checkpoints control what's visible on the public bracket / leaderboard.
+ A: Four times per session, at 9:00 PM, 8:00 AM, 12:00 PM, and 3:00 PM ET. You can always see your own account balance and positions on your trading platform — the four checkpoints control what's visible on the public bracket / leaderboard.
Opponent balances on the bracket also reflect realized profit only — closed trades. Unrealized P&L from open positions is never shown. Your opponent could be up $100,000 or down $10,000 on open positions and you won't see it until those trades close and the next checkpoint runs. Your unrealized swings aren't visible to them either.
Q: Can I see my opponent's trades or P/L in real time? A: No. You only see your opponent's standing at the four checkpoints during the trading day. This is intentional — the head-to-head format is designed so neither trader can react to the other's moves in real time.
− Q: What if I'm winning at the second checkpoint? Should I stop trading? A: That's your call — but remember the participation requirement (3+ trades, each held longer than 10 seconds) and that your opponent can still close the gap before the 5:00 PM EST bell. Final standing is what counts; checkpoint standings are just snapshots.
+ Q: What if I'm winning at the second checkpoint? Should I stop trading? A: That's your call — but remember the participation requirement (3+ trades, each held longer than 10 seconds) and that your opponent can still close the gap before the 5:00 PM ET bell. Final standing is what counts; checkpoint standings are just snapshots.
Q: What are the participation requirements for each matchup? A: To qualify for advancement, you must execute at least 3 trades, and each trade must be held for more than 10 seconds. Failure to meet either requirement means automatic disqualification, and your opponent advances.
Q: What if I have a higher ending balance but didn't meet the participation requirement? A: You're disqualified. Participation is a hard requirement, not a tiebreaker — both conditions (3+ trades, each held longer than 10 seconds) must be met regardless of how the matchup is going.
Example: Trader A ends the day at $55,000 with only 2 qualifying trades. Trader B ends at $44,000 with 3 qualifying trades. Trader B advances; Trader A is disqualified, even though Trader A had the higher balance.
Q: What happens if both traders in a matchup fail the participation requirements? A: Both are disqualified. The trader they would have faced in the next round gets a bye and advances automatically.
Q: What happens if both traders end the day with the same balance? A: The trader with the better win rate within that day's matchup advances.
Q: Can I be matched against an Outlaw on Day 1? A: Yes. Day 1 matchups are drawn at random across the full 1,024-trader field, so any qualifier could face an Outlaw in the first round.
Q: Can I trade Silver during head to head stage? A: No. Only NQ, ES, GC and CL and their micro versions are allowed during head to head.
Outlaws & Bounties
Q: Who are the Outlaws? A: 24 featured traders hand-picked by Tradeify, entering directly into Stage 2 with a target on their backs.
Q: How do I claim an Outlaw bounty? A: Eliminate an Outlaw in your head-to-head matchup. The bounty is added to your earnings automatically — and you can request the payout on demand from your dashboard, no need to wait for the tournament to end.
PremierTradeify · Trade as a Company / LLC | Tradeify Help CenterAdded requirement that Tradeify account email must match payment-processor account email, moved from payout section to account creation section.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
You may create a Tradeify account using either personal or business information. However, only one Tradeify account is permitted per user.
⚠️ One Account Per User
Creating separate accounts (for example, one personal account and one under a company/LLC) is not allowed. Each user may hold only one Tradeify account.
Please note that the First Name and Last Name fields do not allow spaces or punctuation, so be sure to keep that in mind when registering. Other than that, it does not matter how you structure it when creating an account.
The key difference between personal and business usage applies during the payout process, not during account creation.
If you wish to receive payouts under your company or LLC, you do not need to create a separate Tradeify account. Continue trading under your existing personal account and complete a KYB (Know Your Business) verification with our payment processor once you become eligible for payouts.
How the Process Works
- Continue trading using your existing Tradeify account.
- Once your payout request is approved, you will receive a link to complete the KYB process with our payment vendor.
- If the KYB process is successfully completed, payouts may then be issued to your company or LLC.
− Important: Your Tradeify account email and your payment-processor account email must match.
KYB Documentation Required
The KYB process requires additional documentation compared to standard KYC (Know Your Customer) verification. The required documents include:
- Incorporation documents (LLC, Corporation, etc.)
- Proof of ownership documents (varies by jurisdiction — in some countries ownership appears directly on incorporation documents, while others require separate documentation such as an Operating Agreement for many US-based LLCs)
- Government-issued photo IDs for all individuals with 25% or greater ownership
Note: The total number of Sim Funded accounts cannot exceed 5.
After
You may create a Tradeify account using either personal or business information. However, only one Tradeify account is permitted per user.
+ Important: Your Tradeify account email and your payment-processor account email must match.
⚠️ One Account Per User
Creating separate accounts (for example, one personal account and one under a company/LLC) is not allowed. Each user may hold only one Tradeify account.
Please note that the First Name and Last Name fields do not allow spaces or punctuation, so be sure to keep that in mind when registering. Other than that, it does not matter how you structure it when creating an account.
The key difference between personal and business usage applies during the payout process, not during account creation.
If you wish to receive payouts under your company or LLC, you do not need to create a separate Tradeify account. Continue trading under your existing personal account and complete a KYB (Know Your Business) verification with our payment processor once you become eligible for payouts.
How the Process Works
- Continue trading using your existing Tradeify account.
- Once your payout request is approved, you will receive a link to complete the KYB process with our payment vendor.
- If the KYB process is successfully completed, payouts may then be issued to your company or LLC.
KYB Documentation Required
The KYB process requires additional documentation compared to standard KYC (Know Your Customer) verification. The required documents include:
- Incorporation documents (LLC, Corporation, etc.)
- Proof of ownership documents (varies by jurisdiction — in some countries ownership appears directly on incorporation documents, while others require separate documentation such as an Operating Agreement for many US-based LLCs)
- Government-issued photo IDs for all individuals with 25% or greater ownership
Note: The total number of Sim Funded accounts cannot exceed 5.
You may create a Tradeify account using either personal or business information. However, only one Tradeify account is permitted per user.
+ Important: Your Tradeify account email and your payment-processor account email must match.
⚠️ One Account Per User
Creating separate accounts (for example, one personal account and one under a company/LLC) is not allowed. Each user may hold only one Tradeify account.
Please note that the First Name and Last Name fields do not allow spaces or punctuation, so be sure to keep that in mind when registering. Other than that, it does not matter how you structure it when creating an account.
The key difference between personal and business usage applies during the payout process, not during account creation.
If you wish to receive payouts under your company or LLC, you do not need to create a separate Tradeify account. Continue trading under your existing personal account and complete a KYB (Know Your Business) verification with our payment processor once you become eligible for payouts.
How the Process Works
- Continue trading using your existing Tradeify account.
- Once your payout request is approved, you will receive a link to complete the KYB process with our payment vendor.
- If the KYB process is successfully completed, payouts may then be issued to your company or LLC.
− Important: Your Tradeify account email and your payment-processor account email must match.
KYB Documentation Required
The KYB process requires additional documentation compared to standard KYC (Know Your Customer) verification. The required documents include:
- Incorporation documents (LLC, Corporation, etc.)
- Proof of ownership documents (varies by jurisdiction — in some countries ownership appears directly on incorporation documents, while others require separate documentation such as an Operating Agreement for many US-based LLCs)
- Government-issued photo IDs for all individuals with 25% or greater ownership
Note: The total number of Sim Funded accounts cannot exceed 5.
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools | Tradeify Help CenterAdded account breach forfeiture notice earlier in article and removed it from lower section.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The biggest challenge with live accounts has always been the same.
You finally make it. You get payouts. You get informed you're moving live. And then it just feels like you've started again.
There's no real sense of progression. No acceleration. No additional upside for doing things properly. If you want to earn more, the only real option is to take more risk.
We wanted to change that.
Instead of live trading being the end of the journey, we built something that actually rewards you for performing well once you're there. We introduced a Performance Reward Pool inside the live environment — something you earn on top of the trading profits you're already making.
You're getting paid twice. Once from your trading profits, and again from the reward pool.
This applies to all current and new live traders, regardless of plan (Select, Growth, or Lightning Funded). For general information about Elite Live eligibility, transition, and account parameters, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Elite Performance Reward Pool (Per Account)
When you go live, every account you take live comes with a reward pool attached to it:
Account Size | Reward Pool (Per Account)
$25K | $2,000
$50K | $4,000
$100K | $8,000
$150K | $12,000
$300k | $15,000
You can run up to 5 accounts. If a trader has multiple live accounts, each account has its own independent reward pool.
Example: 5 x $150K accounts = $12,000 per account = $60,000 total available across all accounts.
This isn't something you gamble for. It's something you earn over time by trading properly.
Performance Multiplier – 1.5x Pool Increase (Per Account)
Once the full pool for that specific account is earned, no further pool payments are available for that account.
If the multiplier was applied, the expanded pool simply allows additional months of eligibility.
Monthly Eligibility Requirements (Per Account)
Each account has a simple monthly objective. To unlock a monthly reward for a specific account, the trader must:
- Achieve 5 profitable days of at least $250 per day
- End the month with profit greater than max trailing drawdown on the Live account:
- $25K: $1,000
- $50K: $2,000
- $100K: $3,000
- $150K: $4,500
- $300k: $6,000
Eligibility is evaluated independently per account.
− Important: If an account is breached, any remaining unpaid pool for that specific account is forfeited.
Real Example – How You Get Paid Twice
Let's walk through a real scenario so you can see how the numbers actually work.
A trader goes live with 5 x $150K accounts.
From day one, they have $60,000 in reward pools available ($12,000 per account x 5).
Month 1
The trader has a strong, controlled month. No big swings, no unnecessary risk.
Across the 5 accounts, they generate $5,000 in profit per account.
That's $25,000 in trading profits.
Because they hit the monthly objective on each account (5 profitable days, profit above $4,500), they also unlock $4,500 per account in rewards from the pool.
Across 5 accounts: $22,500 from the reward pool.
Month 1 total: $47,500 ($25,000 trading + $22,500 rewards)
Month 2
After
The biggest challenge with live accounts has always been the same.
You finally make it. You get payouts. You get informed you're moving live. And then it just feels like you've started again.
There's no real sense of progression. No acceleration. No additional upside for doing things properly. If you want to earn more, the only real option is to take more risk.
We wanted to change that.
Instead of live trading being the end of the journey, we built something that actually rewards you for performing well once you're there. We introduced a Performance Reward Pool inside the live environment — something you earn on top of the trading profits you're already making.
You're getting paid twice. Once from your trading profits, and again from the reward pool.
This applies to all current and new live traders, regardless of plan (Select, Growth, or Lightning Funded). For general information about Elite Live eligibility, transition, and account parameters, see Tradeify Elite Program.
+ Important: If an account is breached, any remaining unpaid pool for that specific account is forfeited.
Elite Performance Reward Pool (Per Account)
When you go live, every account you take live comes with a reward pool attached to it:
Account Size | Reward Pool (Per Account)
$25K | $2,000
$50K | $4,000
$100K | $8,000
$150K | $12,000
$300k | $15,000
You can run up to 5 accounts. If a trader has multiple live accounts, each account has its own independent reward pool.
Example: 5 x $150K accounts = $12,000 per account = $60,000 total available across all accounts.
This isn't something you gamble for. It's something you earn over time by trading properly.
Performance Multiplier – 1.5x Pool Increase (Per Account)
Once the full pool for that specific account is earned, no further pool payments are available for that account.
If the multiplier was applied, the expanded pool simply allows additional months of eligibility.
Monthly Eligibility Requirements (Per Account)
Each account has a simple monthly objective. To unlock a monthly reward for a specific account, the trader must:
- Achieve 5 profitable days of at least $250 per day
- End the month with profit greater than max trailing drawdown on the Live account:
- $25K: $1,000
- $50K: $2,000
- $100K: $3,000
- $150K: $4,500
- $300k: $6,000
Eligibility is evaluated independently per account.
Real Example – How You Get Paid Twice
Let's walk through a real scenario so you can see how the numbers actually work.
A trader goes live with 5 x $150K accounts.
From day one, they have $60,000 in reward pools available ($12,000 per account x 5).
Month 1
The trader has a strong, controlled month. No big swings, no unnecessary risk.
Across the 5 accounts, they generate $5,000 in profit per account.
That's $25,000 in trading profits.
Because they hit the monthly objective on each account (5 profitable days, profit above $4,500), they also unlock $4,500 per account in rewards from the pool.
Across 5 accounts: $22,500 from the reward pool.
Month 1 total: $47,500 ($25,000 trading + $22,500 rewards)
Month 2
The biggest challenge with live accounts has always been the same.
You finally make it. You get payouts. You get informed you're moving live. And then it just feels like you've started again.
There's no real sense of progression. No acceleration. No additional upside for doing things properly. If you want to earn more, the only real option is to take more risk.
We wanted to change that.
Instead of live trading being the end of the journey, we built something that actually rewards you for performing well once you're there. We introduced a Performance Reward Pool inside the live environment — something you earn on top of the trading profits you're already making.
You're getting paid twice. Once from your trading profits, and again from the reward pool.
This applies to all current and new live traders, regardless of plan (Select, Growth, or Lightning Funded). For general information about Elite Live eligibility, transition, and account parameters, see Tradeify Elite Program.
+ Important: If an account is breached, any remaining unpaid pool for that specific account is forfeited.
Elite Performance Reward Pool (Per Account)
When you go live, every account you take live comes with a reward pool attached to it:
Account Size | Reward Pool (Per Account)
$25K | $2,000
$50K | $4,000
$100K | $8,000
$150K | $12,000
$300k | $15,000
You can run up to 5 accounts. If a trader has multiple live accounts, each account has its own independent reward pool.
Example: 5 x $150K accounts = $12,000 per account = $60,000 total available across all accounts.
This isn't something you gamble for. It's something you earn over time by trading properly.
Performance Multiplier – 1.5x Pool Increase (Per Account)
Once the full pool for that specific account is earned, no further pool payments are available for that account.
If the multiplier was applied, the expanded pool simply allows additional months of eligibility.
Monthly Eligibility Requirements (Per Account)
Each account has a simple monthly objective. To unlock a monthly reward for a specific account, the trader must:
- Achieve 5 profitable days of at least $250 per day
- End the month with profit greater than max trailing drawdown on the Live account:
- $25K: $1,000
- $50K: $2,000
- $100K: $3,000
- $150K: $4,500
- $300k: $6,000
Eligibility is evaluated independently per account.
− Important: If an account is breached, any remaining unpaid pool for that specific account is forfeited.
Real Example – How You Get Paid Twice
Let's walk through a real scenario so you can see how the numbers actually work.
A trader goes live with 5 x $150K accounts.
From day one, they have $60,000 in reward pools available ($12,000 per account x 5).
Month 1
The trader has a strong, controlled month. No big swings, no unnecessary risk.
Across the 5 accounts, they generate $5,000 in profit per account.
That's $25,000 in trading profits.
Because they hit the monthly objective on each account (5 profitable days, profit above $4,500), they also unlock $4,500 per account in rewards from the pool.
Across 5 accounts: $22,500 from the reward pool.
Month 1 total: $47,500 ($25,000 trading + $22,500 rewards)
Month 2
PremierTradeify · SPIFF Performance Bonuses - NEW! | Tradeify Help CenterNew page published.Oct 17
PremierTradeify · Live Funded Account Scaling and Risk Parameters | Tradeify Help CenterNew page published.Oct 17
PremierTradeify · Live Funded Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterNew page published.Oct 17
PremierTradeify · Legacy Live Program - Complete Guide | Tradeify Help CenterTimezone abbreviation changed from EST to ET in the December 3, 2025 12:00 AM deadline.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
− SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
After
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
+ SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM ET.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
− SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
+ SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM ET.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Elite Program | Tradeify Help CenterAdded step-by-step walkthrough example and clarified drawdown lock trigger amounts for each Elite account size.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL
100K Elite | $0 | $3,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | No DLL
150K Elite | $0 | $4,500 | 6 mini / 40 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro | No DLL
300K Elite | $0 | $6,000 | 8 mini / 60 micro | 10 mini / 100 micro | No DLL
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day. The limit is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value (balance plus open P&L) touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Section: Example Walkthrough
Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome
Start of Day 1 | $0 | $2,000 drawdown limit | — | —
During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day
End of Day 1 | $500 | Drawdown moves up by $500 → new limit reflects $500 gain | — | —
Start of Day 2 | $0 (after payout) | Drawdown adjusted — only $1,500 of room remaining | Payout processed | Effective drawdown reduced to $1,500
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
The table below shows the exact EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock for each Elite account size:
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
Live Account Transitioned | Starting Balance | Drawdown | Lock Trigger (EOD Balance)
25K | $0 | $1,500 | $1,600
50K | $0 | $2,000 | $2,100
100K | $0 | $3,000 | $3,100
150K | $0 | $4,500 | $4,600
300K | $0 | $6,000 | $6,100
Reward Pools
Elite Live traders are eligible for Accelerator Reward Pools — performance-based rewards that unlock as you hit profit milestones on each account.
For full details on reward pool tiers, eligibility, and payout structure, see Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools.
Failure & Cool-Off Policy
If a trader fails an Elite account:
They enter up to a 4-week cool-off period depending on live performance.
After
50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL
100K Elite | $0 | $3,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | No DLL
150K Elite | $0 | $4,500 | 6 mini / 40 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro | No DLL
300K Elite | $0 | $6,000 | 8 mini / 60 micro | 10 mini / 100 micro | No DLL
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day. The limit is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value (balance plus open P&L) touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Section: Example Walkthrough
+ Step by step: At the start of Day 1, the balance is $0 and the drawdown limit is $2,000. During Day 1, the trader makes $500 profit and requests a $500 payout. The payout is pending and is processed the next business day. At the end of Day 1, the balance is $500 and the drawdown moves up by $500. At the start of Day 2, the payout is processed and the balance is back to $0. Only $1,500 of drawdown room remains.
Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome
Start of Day 1 | $0 | $2,000 drawdown limit | — | —
During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day
End of Day 1 | $500 | Drawdown moves up by $500 → new limit reflects $500 gain | — | —
Start of Day 2 | $0 (after payout) | Drawdown adjusted — only $1,500 of room remaining | Payout processed | Effective drawdown reduced to $1,500
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
The table below shows the exact EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock for each Elite account size:
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
+ The drawdown locks when the end-of-day balance reaches $1,600 on a 25K Elite account ($1,500 drawdown), $2,100 on a 50K account ($2,000 drawdown), $3,100 on a 100K account ($3,000 drawdown), $4,600 on a 150K account ($4,500 drawdown), and $6,100 on a 300K account ($6,000 drawdown). Every account starts with a $0 balance.
Live Account Transitioned | Starting Balance | Drawdown | Lock Trigger (EOD Balance)
25K | $0 | $1,500 | $1,600
50K | $0 | $2,000 | $2,100
100K | $0 | $3,000 | $3,100
150K | $0 | $4,500 | $4,600
300K | $0 | $6,000 | $6,100
Reward Pools
Elite Live traders are eligible for Accelerator Reward Pools — performance-based rewards that unlock as you hit profit milestones on each account.
For full details on reward pool tiers, eligibility, and payout structure, see Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools.
Failure & Cool-Off Policy
If a trader fails an Elite account:
They enter up to a 4-week cool-off period depending on live performance.
50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL
100K Elite | $0 | $3,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | No DLL
150K Elite | $0 | $4,500 | 6 mini / 40 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro | No DLL
300K Elite | $0 | $6,000 | 8 mini / 60 micro | 10 mini / 100 micro | No DLL
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day. The limit is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value (balance plus open P&L) touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Section: Example Walkthrough
+ Step by step: At the start of Day 1, the balance is $0 and the drawdown limit is $2,000. During Day 1, the trader makes $500 profit and requests a $500 payout. The payout is pending and is processed the next business day. At the end of Day 1, the balance is $500 and the drawdown moves up by $500. At the start of Day 2, the payout is processed and the balance is back to $0. Only $1,500 of drawdown room remains.
Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome
Start of Day 1 | $0 | $2,000 drawdown limit | — | —
During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day
End of Day 1 | $500 | Drawdown moves up by $500 → new limit reflects $500 gain | — | —
Start of Day 2 | $0 (after payout) | Drawdown adjusted — only $1,500 of room remaining | Payout processed | Effective drawdown reduced to $1,500
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
The table below shows the exact EOD balance required to trigger the drawdown lock for each Elite account size:
Section: When Does Drawdown Lock?
+ The drawdown locks when the end-of-day balance reaches $1,600 on a 25K Elite account ($1,500 drawdown), $2,100 on a 50K account ($2,000 drawdown), $3,100 on a 100K account ($3,000 drawdown), $4,600 on a 150K account ($4,500 drawdown), and $6,100 on a 300K account ($6,000 drawdown). Every account starts with a $0 balance.
Live Account Transitioned | Starting Balance | Drawdown | Lock Trigger (EOD Balance)
25K | $0 | $1,500 | $1,600
50K | $0 | $2,000 | $2,100
100K | $0 | $3,000 | $3,100
150K | $0 | $4,500 | $4,600
300K | $0 | $6,000 | $6,100
Reward Pools
Elite Live traders are eligible for Accelerator Reward Pools — performance-based rewards that unlock as you hit profit milestones on each account.
For full details on reward pool tiers, eligibility, and payout structure, see Tradeify Elite – Accelerator Reward Pools.
Failure & Cool-Off Policy
If a trader fails an Elite account:
They enter up to a 4-week cool-off period depending on live performance.
PremierTradeify · Introducing Tradeify LIVE: Unlocking Your Full Earning Potential | Tradeify Help CenterNew page published.Oct 17
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterImportant payout rule moved earlier in article; wording simplified in policy overview section.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
− ⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
− Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time — you cannot submit a new request until your previous one has been processed (approved and paid, or denied).
− The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
After
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
+ ⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
+ Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time — you cannot submit a new request until your previous one has been processed (approved and paid, or denied).
+ The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
After successfully passing your Tradeify Select evaluation, you'll need to choose between two distinct payout policies for your funded account. This decision is permanent for that account and determines your withdrawal eligibility, payout frequency, and drawdown structure.
This article explains both payout options in detail to help you make an informed choice based on your trading style and goals.
The parameter tables below cover the 25K to 150K sizes. For the Select 300K, see 300K Select Account.
+ ⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
+ Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time — you cannot submit a new request until your previous one has been processed (approved and paid, or denied).
+ The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Overview: The Two Options
Think of this choice as selecting your trading path:
- 5-Day Payout Policy (Flex) - Traditional milestone-based payouts with larger caps and no Daily Loss Limit
- Daily Payout Policy (Daily) - Rapid-access payouts with daily eligibility but tighter risk parameters
Both policies lead to live trading eligibility at the same thresholds, and both use the same contract scaling structure. The primary differences are in payout frequency, withdrawal caps, and risk management requirements.
− ⚠️ Important: Shared Rule for All Subsequent Payouts
− Regardless of whether you choose Select Flex or Select Daily, the following rule applies to all payouts after your first: You must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. If you lose money after a payout, you must earn back those losses and become net positive for the current cycle before you can request another payout. This applies equally to both Flex and Daily — neither policy allows payouts while your cycle profit is negative. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time — you cannot submit a new request until your previous one has been processed (approved and paid, or denied).
− The only differences between the two policies are payout frequency, withdrawal caps/formulas, and risk parameters (buffer, Daily Loss Limit). The loss recovery requirement is identical.
Select Flex (5-Day Payout Policy)
The 'Select Flex' Payout Policy is designed for traders who prefer accumulating larger profit milestones before requesting withdrawals. This policy offers the most trading flexibility with no Daily Loss Limit and wider drawdown parameters.
Account Parameters
Parameter | 25K Account | 50K Account | 100K Account | 150K Account
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $4,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | None | None | None | None
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Payout Structure
Profit Split: 90 Trader / 10 Tradeify
PremierTradeify · Growth Funded: Account Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterDaily account reconciliation window changed from 6:00-8:00 p.m. EST/EDT to 5:00-6:00 p.m. ET; timezone notation standardized throughout; summary text added for payout tiers.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of the Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded Account types.
⚠️ Maximum payout is a withdrawal cap — please read this first: The most you can withdraw in a single payout request is set by your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to that cap per request; the rest stays in your account toward future payouts. The minimum balance figures below are what you must reach to qualify for a payout — they are not the amount you can withdraw.
Important Notes
Section: Important Notes
− - Daily account reconciliations occur between 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. EST/EDT.
- This amount must be maintained until the payout request is approved.
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Abide by the 35% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Minimum Trading Days: 5 or more of the Trading Days must show a profit greater than:
- $100 in profit for 25k accounts
- $150 in profit for 50k accounts
- $200 in profit for 100k accounts
- $250 in profit for 150k accounts
- The Trading Day count resets to zero after each successful payout.
- Account Balance Needed for Growth:
Section: Payout Requirements
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$25,000 | $26,500
$50,000 | $53,000
$100,000 | $104,500
$150,000 | $156,500
− Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$50,000 | $52,100
$100,000 | $103,600
$150,000 | $155,100
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed, once your Rise onboarding is complete.
Section: Payout Window
− - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
See this table:
Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account
1 | $1,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500
2 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
3 | $1,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 | $4,000
4+ | $1,000 | $3,000 | $4,000 | $5,000
Section: Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
− Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
Payout Number | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account
1 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500
2 | $1,750 | $2,500 | $3,000
3 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $3,500
4 | $2,250 | $3,500 | $4,000
5 | $2,500 | $4,000 | $4,500
6 | $3,000 | $5,000 | $5,500
- Each subsequent payout after the 6th can be any amount up to $25,000 per account.
Scenarios
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $53,000 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $51,500.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $1,400 in drawdown room.
Section: Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
− Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $52,100 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $50,600.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $500 in drawdown room.
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
After
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of the Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded Account types.
⚠️ Maximum payout is a withdrawal cap — please read this first: The most you can withdraw in a single payout request is set by your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to that cap per request; the rest stays in your account toward future payouts. The minimum balance figures below are what you must reach to qualify for a payout — they are not the amount you can withdraw.
Important Notes
Section: Important Notes
+ - Daily account reconciliations occur between 5:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. ET.
- This amount must be maintained until the payout request is approved.
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Abide by the 35% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Minimum Trading Days: 5 or more of the Trading Days must show a profit greater than:
- $100 in profit for 25k accounts
- $150 in profit for 50k accounts
- $200 in profit for 100k accounts
- $250 in profit for 150k accounts
- The Trading Day count resets to zero after each successful payout.
- Account Balance Needed for Growth:
Section: Payout Requirements
+ To request a payout, your balance must reach at least $26,500 on a $25,000 account, $53,000 on a $50,000 account, $104,500 on a $100,000 account, or $156,500 on a $150,000 account.
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$25,000 | $26,500
$50,000 | $53,000
$100,000 | $104,500
$150,000 | $156,500
+ Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For Growth accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the minimum balance needed is $52,100 on a $50,000 account, $103,600 on a $100,000 account, and $155,100 on a $150,000 account.
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$50,000 | $52,100
$100,000 | $103,600
$150,000 | $155,100
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed, once your Rise onboarding is complete.
Section: Payout Window
+ - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. ET and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
+ The maximum payout per request on a $25k account is $1,000 for every payout. On a $50k account, it is $1,500 for Payout 1, $2,000 for Payout 2, $2,500 for Payout 3, and $3,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $100k account, it is $2,000 for Payout 1, $2,500 for Payout 2, $3,000 for Payout 3, and $4,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $150k account, it is $2,500 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, $4,000 for Payout 3, and $5,000 for Payout 4 and later.
See this table:
Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account
1 | $1,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500
2 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
3 | $1,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 | $4,000
4+ | $1,000 | $3,000 | $4,000 | $5,000
Section: Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ For accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the maximum payout per request is as follows. On a $50k account: $1,500 for Payout 1, $1,750 for Payout 2, $2,000 for Payout 3, $2,250 for Payout 4, $2,500 for Payout 5, and $3,000 for Payout 6. On a $100k account: $2,000 for Payout 1, $2,500 for Payout 2, $3,000 for Payout 3, $3,500 for Payout 4, $4,000 for Payout 5, and $5,000 for Payout 6. On a $150k account: $2,500 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, $3,500 for Payout 3, $4,000 for Payout 4, $4,500 for Payout 5, and $5,500 for Payout 6.
Payout Number | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account
1 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500
2 | $1,750 | $2,500 | $3,000
3 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $3,500
4 | $2,250 | $3,500 | $4,000
5 | $2,500 | $4,000 | $4,500
6 | $3,000 | $5,000 | $5,500
- Each subsequent payout after the 6th can be any amount up to $25,000 per account.
Scenarios
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $53,000 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $51,500.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $1,400 in drawdown room.
Section: Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $52,100 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $50,600.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $500 in drawdown room.
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of the Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded Account types.
⚠️ Maximum payout is a withdrawal cap — please read this first: The most you can withdraw in a single payout request is set by your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to that cap per request; the rest stays in your account toward future payouts. The minimum balance figures below are what you must reach to qualify for a payout — they are not the amount you can withdraw.
Important Notes
Section: Important Notes
− - Daily account reconciliations occur between 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. EST/EDT.
+ - Daily account reconciliations occur between 5:00 p.m. and 6:00 p.m. ET.
- This amount must be maintained until the payout request is approved.
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Abide by the 35% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Minimum Trading Days: 5 or more of the Trading Days must show a profit greater than:
- $100 in profit for 25k accounts
- $150 in profit for 50k accounts
- $200 in profit for 100k accounts
- $250 in profit for 150k accounts
- The Trading Day count resets to zero after each successful payout.
- Account Balance Needed for Growth:
Section: Payout Requirements
+ To request a payout, your balance must reach at least $26,500 on a $25,000 account, $53,000 on a $50,000 account, $104,500 on a $100,000 account, or $156,500 on a $150,000 account.
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$25,000 | $26,500
$50,000 | $53,000
$100,000 | $104,500
$150,000 | $156,500
− Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
+ Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For Growth accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the minimum balance needed is $52,100 on a $50,000 account, $103,600 on a $100,000 account, and $155,100 on a $150,000 account.
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$50,000 | $52,100
$100,000 | $103,600
$150,000 | $155,100
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed, once your Rise onboarding is complete.
Section: Payout Window
− - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
+ - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. ET and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
+ The maximum payout per request on a $25k account is $1,000 for every payout. On a $50k account, it is $1,500 for Payout 1, $2,000 for Payout 2, $2,500 for Payout 3, and $3,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $100k account, it is $2,000 for Payout 1, $2,500 for Payout 2, $3,000 for Payout 3, and $4,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $150k account, it is $2,500 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, $4,000 for Payout 3, and $5,000 for Payout 4 and later.
See this table:
Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account
1 | $1,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500
2 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
3 | $1,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 | $4,000
4+ | $1,000 | $3,000 | $4,000 | $5,000
Section: Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
− Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
+ Payout Tiers for Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ For accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the maximum payout per request is as follows. On a $50k account: $1,500 for Payout 1, $1,750 for Payout 2, $2,000 for Payout 3, $2,250 for Payout 4, $2,500 for Payout 5, and $3,000 for Payout 6. On a $100k account: $2,000 for Payout 1, $2,500 for Payout 2, $3,000 for Payout 3, $3,500 for Payout 4, $4,000 for Payout 5, and $5,000 for Payout 6. On a $150k account: $2,500 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, $3,500 for Payout 3, $4,000 for Payout 4, $4,500 for Payout 5, and $5,500 for Payout 6.
Payout Number | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account
1 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500
2 | $1,750 | $2,500 | $3,000
3 | $2,000 | $3,000 | $3,500
4 | $2,250 | $3,500 | $4,000
5 | $2,500 | $4,000 | $4,500
6 | $3,000 | $5,000 | $5,500
- Each subsequent payout after the 6th can be any amount up to $25,000 per account.
Scenarios
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $53,000 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $51,500.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $1,400 in drawdown room.
Section: Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
− Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
+ Scenarios For Accounts Purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
If you have a Growth Sim Funded $50k account and the balance reaches the minimum required balance of $52,100 to request a payout, you can request up to a $1,500 payout.
This leaves your remaining balance at $50,600.
Remember, in this example, your balance cannot go below $50,100 without "failing" the account. You ARE able to take out that amount, but you would leave yourself with $500 in drawdown room.
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
PremierTradeify · Lightning Funded: Account Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterTime zone changed from EST to ET in multiple locations; plain-English payout tier descriptions added.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded account types.
⚠️ Profit Goal vs. Payout Amount — please read this first: Your Profit Goal (for example, $9,000 for Payout 1 on a $150K account) is the profit you must earn to unlock a payout request. It is not the amount you can withdraw.
Every payout is also subject to a maximum payout cap based on your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if you earn more than the cap, you can only withdraw up to the cap for that payout. For example, on a $150K account you reach the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal but can withdraw at most $3,000 on Payout 1 — the rest of your profit stays in the account toward future payouts.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Meet the 20% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Lightning Funded Accounts must follow a 20% Consistency Rule for the first payout, then 25% for the second payout, and 30% for all subsequent payouts.
Section: Payout Requirements
− Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
- Existing accounts maintain their current consistency rules (20% for all payouts).
- Minimum Days Traded: No Minimum Trading Day Count. You can request a payout after any number of trading days, as long as you meet the Profit Goal and Consistency Rule.
- Payout Profit Goals: Payout Profit Goals are the profit you need to earn in between payout requests. After each payout, your profit goal resets and you must earn fresh profit from new trades to reach the next goal. Leftover profit from the previous cycle does not carry over.
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
− Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2+ Profit Goal
$25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000
$50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000
$100,000 | $6,000 | $3,500
$150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
− Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2 Profit Goal | Payout 3 Profit Goal+
$25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $1,000
$50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
$100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500
$150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,000
Important Notes
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
- Payout Profit Goals reset after each payout and to achieve the next payout you move on to the next Payout Profit Goal.
- e.g. for a $150k account when you reach Payout 1 Profit Goal of $9k you can request a payout — but the most you can withdraw on Payout 1 is the $3,000 cap shown in the Maximum Payout Per Request table below; the rest of your profit stays in the account. You now must achieve Payout 2 Profit Goal of $4.5k to take your next payout. (see Payout Profit Goal Table)
- Example: You have a $150k Lightning account (post-Sep 12) and just received your first payout. Your balance is now $159k but your profit goal resets — you need $4,500 in new profit from new trades. Your consistency also resets, now at 25% for Payout 2. This means your highest single profitable day cannot exceed $1,125 ($4,500 × 25%). A safe approach is ~$1,125/day across 4 trading days.
Section: Important Notes
− - Profit is calculated and determined upon account reconciliation, which happens daily between approximately 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 P.M. EST.
Payout Procedure
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed.
Section: Payout Procedure
− - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
- The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
- The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number. These are hard caps — even if you have earned more profit (for example, the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal on a $150K account), you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the remaining profit stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
See this table:
Payout Number | $25K Account | $50K Account | $100K Account | $150K Account
1 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
2 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
3 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
4+ | $1,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 | $3,500
- Payouts after the 4th remain capped at the same level as the 4th.
$25K Account Note: For $25K Lightning accounts, the payout amount is fixed at $1,000 for all payouts (the minimum and maximum are both $1,000).
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
After
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded account types.
⚠️ Profit Goal vs. Payout Amount — please read this first: Your Profit Goal (for example, $9,000 for Payout 1 on a $150K account) is the profit you must earn to unlock a payout request. It is not the amount you can withdraw.
Every payout is also subject to a maximum payout cap based on your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if you earn more than the cap, you can only withdraw up to the cap for that payout. For example, on a $150K account you reach the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal but can withdraw at most $3,000 on Payout 1 — the rest of your profit stays in the account toward future payouts.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Meet the 20% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Lightning Funded Accounts must follow a 20% Consistency Rule for the first payout, then 25% for the second payout, and 30% for all subsequent payouts.
Section: Payout Requirements
+ Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
- Existing accounts maintain their current consistency rules (20% for all payouts).
- Minimum Days Traded: No Minimum Trading Day Count. You can request a payout after any number of trading days, as long as you meet the Profit Goal and Consistency Rule.
- Payout Profit Goals: Payout Profit Goals are the profit you need to earn in between payout requests. After each payout, your profit goal resets and you must earn fresh profit from new trades to reach the next goal. Leftover profit from the previous cycle does not carry over.
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the Payout 1 Profit Goal is $1,500 on a $25,000 account, $3,000 on a $50,000 account, $6,000 on a $100,000 account, and $9,000 on a $150,000 account. The Profit Goal for Payout 2 and every payout after it is $1,000 on a $25,000 account, $2,000 on a $50,000 account, $3,500 on a $100,000 account, and $4,500 on a $150,000 account.
Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2+ Profit Goal
$25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000
$50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000
$100,000 | $6,000 | $3,500
$150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the Profit Goals are as follows. On a $25,000 account, the goal is $1,500 for Payout 1, $1,000 for Payout 2, and $1,000 for Payout 3 and later. On a $50,000 account, the goal is $3,000 for Payout 1, $2,000 for Payout 2, and $2,000 for Payout 3 and later. On a $100,000 account, the goal is $6,000 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, and $2,500 for Payout 3 and later. On a $150,000 account, the goal is $9,000 for Payout 1, $4,500 for Payout 2, and $3,000 for Payout 3 and later.
Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2 Profit Goal | Payout 3 Profit Goal+
$25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $1,000
$50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
$100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500
$150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,000
Important Notes
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
- Payout Profit Goals reset after each payout and to achieve the next payout you move on to the next Payout Profit Goal.
- e.g. for a $150k account when you reach Payout 1 Profit Goal of $9k you can request a payout — but the most you can withdraw on Payout 1 is the $3,000 cap shown in the Maximum Payout Per Request table below; the rest of your profit stays in the account. You now must achieve Payout 2 Profit Goal of $4.5k to take your next payout. (see Payout Profit Goal Table)
- Example: You have a $150k Lightning account (post-Sep 12) and just received your first payout. Your balance is now $159k but your profit goal resets — you need $4,500 in new profit from new trades. Your consistency also resets, now at 25% for Payout 2. This means your highest single profitable day cannot exceed $1,125 ($4,500 × 25%). A safe approach is ~$1,125/day across 4 trading days.
Section: Important Notes
+ - Profit is calculated and determined upon account reconciliation, which happens daily between approximately 5:00 P.M. and 6:00 P.M. ET.
Payout Procedure
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed.
Section: Payout Procedure
+ - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. ET and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
- The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
- The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number. These are hard caps — even if you have earned more profit (for example, the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal on a $150K account), you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the remaining profit stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
+ The maximum payout per request on a $25K account is $1,000 for every payout. On a $50K account, it is $2,000 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $2,500 for Payout 4 and later. On a $100K account, it is $2,500 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $3,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $150K account, it is $3,000 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $3,500 for Payout 4 and later.
See this table:
Payout Number | $25K Account | $50K Account | $100K Account | $150K Account
1 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
2 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
3 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
4+ | $1,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 | $3,500
- Payouts after the 4th remain capped at the same level as the 4th.
$25K Account Note: For $25K Lightning accounts, the payout amount is fixed at $1,000 for all payouts (the minimum and maximum are both $1,000).
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders receive 90% of the payout amount requested.
Traders can have a maximum of 5 total Simulated Funded Accounts with any combination of Growth, Select, and Lightning Funded account types.
⚠️ Profit Goal vs. Payout Amount — please read this first: Your Profit Goal (for example, $9,000 for Payout 1 on a $150K account) is the profit you must earn to unlock a payout request. It is not the amount you can withdraw.
Every payout is also subject to a maximum payout cap based on your account size and payout number (see the Maximum Payout Per Request table further down). Even if you earn more than the cap, you can only withdraw up to the cap for that payout. For example, on a $150K account you reach the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal but can withdraw at most $3,000 on Payout 1 — the rest of your profit stays in the account toward future payouts.
Payout Guidelines
- Payout approvals require you to abide by the Tradeify Funded Trader Agreement.
- If you have more than one account, each account is treated independently. You may withdraw from each account according to the schedule below, provided you followed the rules for each account.
- Once you submit a payout request, it cannot be edited or canceled, and you cannot submit another payout request on that account until it has been processed (approved or denied).
Payout Requirements
Your account must satisfy all of the below criteria for EACH payout request in order to qualify.
- Consistency Rule: Meet the 20% Consistency Rule (see: What is the Consistency Rule?)
- Lightning Funded Accounts must follow a 20% Consistency Rule for the first payout, then 25% for the second payout, and 30% for all subsequent payouts.
Section: Payout Requirements
− Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
+ Important Note: The gradually increasing consistency requirements apply to Lightning Funded accounts purchased AFTER September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
- Existing accounts maintain their current consistency rules (20% for all payouts).
- Minimum Days Traded: No Minimum Trading Day Count. You can request a payout after any number of trading days, as long as you meet the Profit Goal and Consistency Rule.
- Payout Profit Goals: Payout Profit Goals are the profit you need to earn in between payout requests. After each payout, your profit goal resets and you must earn fresh profit from new trades to reach the next goal. Leftover profit from the previous cycle does not carry over.
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
− Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
+ Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For accounts purchased after September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the Payout 1 Profit Goal is $1,500 on a $25,000 account, $3,000 on a $50,000 account, $6,000 on a $100,000 account, and $9,000 on a $150,000 account. The Profit Goal for Payout 2 and every payout after it is $1,000 on a $25,000 account, $2,000 on a $50,000 account, $3,500 on a $100,000 account, and $4,500 on a $150,000 account.
Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2+ Profit Goal
$25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000
$50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000
$100,000 | $6,000 | $3,500
$150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500
Section: Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
− Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
+ Payout Profit Goal Table for Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET:
+ For accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the Profit Goals are as follows. On a $25,000 account, the goal is $1,500 for Payout 1, $1,000 for Payout 2, and $1,000 for Payout 3 and later. On a $50,000 account, the goal is $3,000 for Payout 1, $2,000 for Payout 2, and $2,000 for Payout 3 and later. On a $100,000 account, the goal is $6,000 for Payout 1, $3,000 for Payout 2, and $2,500 for Payout 3 and later. On a $150,000 account, the goal is $9,000 for Payout 1, $4,500 for Payout 2, and $3,000 for Payout 3 and later.
Account Size | Payout 1 Profit Goal | Payout 2 Profit Goal | Payout 3 Profit Goal+
$25,000 | $1,500 | $1,000 | $1,000
$50,000 | $3,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
$100,000 | $6,000 | $3,000 | $2,500
$150,000 | $9,000 | $4,500 | $3,000
Important Notes
- You will still be able to place trades after submitting a payout request. However, be aware that if you fail your account or fall below the minimum thresholds for a payout before the request is processed, your payout will be denied.
- Payout Profit Goals reset after each payout and to achieve the next payout you move on to the next Payout Profit Goal.
- e.g. for a $150k account when you reach Payout 1 Profit Goal of $9k you can request a payout — but the most you can withdraw on Payout 1 is the $3,000 cap shown in the Maximum Payout Per Request table below; the rest of your profit stays in the account. You now must achieve Payout 2 Profit Goal of $4.5k to take your next payout. (see Payout Profit Goal Table)
- Example: You have a $150k Lightning account (post-Sep 12) and just received your first payout. Your balance is now $159k but your profit goal resets — you need $4,500 in new profit from new trades. Your consistency also resets, now at 25% for Payout 2. This means your highest single profitable day cannot exceed $1,125 ($4,500 × 25%). A safe approach is ~$1,125/day across 4 trading days.
Section: Important Notes
− - Profit is calculated and determined upon account reconciliation, which happens daily between approximately 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 P.M. EST.
+ - Profit is calculated and determined upon account reconciliation, which happens daily between approximately 5:00 P.M. and 6:00 P.M. ET.
Payout Procedure
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
- Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed.
Section: Payout Procedure
− - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
+ - Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. ET and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
- The minimum payout amount is $1,000.
- The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number. These are hard caps — even if you have earned more profit (for example, the $9,000 Payout 1 Profit Goal on a $150K account), you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the remaining profit stays in your account for future payouts.
Section: Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
+ The maximum payout per request on a $25K account is $1,000 for every payout. On a $50K account, it is $2,000 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $2,500 for Payout 4 and later. On a $100K account, it is $2,500 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $3,000 for Payout 4 and later. On a $150K account, it is $3,000 for Payouts 1, 2, and 3, and $3,500 for Payout 4 and later.
See this table:
Payout Number | $25K Account | $50K Account | $100K Account | $150K Account
1 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
2 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
3 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
4+ | $1,000 | $2,500 | $3,000 | $3,500
- Payouts after the 4th remain capped at the same level as the 4th.
$25K Account Note: For $25K Lightning accounts, the payout amount is fixed at $1,000 for all payouts (the minimum and maximum are both $1,000).
Note: Tradeify reserves the right to move you to a Live Funded Account at any time after a successful payout. Tradeify will contact you via email regarding this decision.
For full details on transitioning to Elite Live, see Tradeify Elite Program.
PremierTradeify · How Do I Get Funded After Passing an Evaluation? | Tradeify Help CenterInformation moved earlier in article: profits earned during evaluation do not carry over to funded account notice repositioned before funded account balance section.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Once you have met all activation objectives, you can activate your funded account immediately. Simply go to your dashboard, find your account card, and select the Activate Account button. There are no activation fees and no waiting period — activation is instant once your objectives are met.
Funded Account Starting Balance
Your funded account starts at your base account size ($50K, $100K, or $150K) regardless of your evaluation ending balance.
− Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Example: If you end your evaluation at $53,200, your funded account will still start at $50,000 (your base account size).
Activation Fees
Activation fees vary by account type:
- Growth: No activation fee
- Select: No activation fee
- Advanced (legacy): $125
- Lightning: One-time purchase, no activation fee
After
Once you have met all activation objectives, you can activate your funded account immediately. Simply go to your dashboard, find your account card, and select the Activate Account button. There are no activation fees and no waiting period — activation is instant once your objectives are met.
+ Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Funded Account Starting Balance
Your funded account starts at your base account size ($50K, $100K, or $150K) regardless of your evaluation ending balance.
Example: If you end your evaluation at $53,200, your funded account will still start at $50,000 (your base account size).
Activation Fees
Activation fees vary by account type:
- Growth: No activation fee
- Select: No activation fee
- Advanced (legacy): $125
- Lightning: One-time purchase, no activation fee
Once you have met all activation objectives, you can activate your funded account immediately. Simply go to your dashboard, find your account card, and select the Activate Account button. There are no activation fees and no waiting period — activation is instant once your objectives are met.
+ Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Funded Account Starting Balance
Your funded account starts at your base account size ($50K, $100K, or $150K) regardless of your evaluation ending balance.
− Important: Profits earned during evaluation do NOT carry over to your funded account.
Example: If you end your evaluation at $53,200, your funded account will still start at $50,000 (your base account size).
Activation Fees
Activation fees vary by account type:
- Growth: No activation fee
- Select: No activation fee
- Advanced (legacy): $125
- Lightning: One-time purchase, no activation fee
PremierTradeify · Rules: Supported Trading Products / Assets | Tradeify Help CenterAdded EUREX support on Tradovate accounts, added clarifying notes about silver and micro contracts, and added summary lists before each instrument table.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT.
− The full list is below, but you can also check Tradovate's website for more details.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
MINI Equity Futures
Section: MINI Equity Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange
E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | CBOT
E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | CME
E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | CME
E-Mini Russell | RTY | CME
E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | CME
Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | CME
EUREX Index Futures
Section: EUREX Index Futures
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply
Name | Symbol | Exchange
DAX Index | FDAX | EUREX
Mini-DAX | FDXM | EUREX
Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | EUREX
VSTOXX | FVS | EUREX
STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | EUREX
Micro DAX Index | FDXS | EUREX
Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | EUREX
EUREX Bond Futures
Section: EUREX Bond Futures
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Euro-Buxl | FGBX | EUREX
Euro-Schatz | FGBS | EUREX
Euro-Bobl | FGBM | EUREX
Euro-Bund | FGBL | EUREX
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Australian Dollar | 6A | CME
British Pound | 6B | CME
Japanese Yen | 6J | CME
Canadian Dollar | 6C | CME
Swiss Franc | 6S | CME
Euro FX | 6E | CME
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Lean Hogs | HE | CME
Live Cattle | LE | CME
Feeder Cattle | GF | CME
Soybeans | ZS | CBOT
Soybean Oil | ZL | CBOT
Corn | ZC | CBOT
Wheat | ZW | CBOT
Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT
MINI Energy Futures
Section: MINI Energy Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX
Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX
E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX
E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX
MINI Metal Futures
Section: MINI Metal Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Gold | GC | COMEX
Copper | HG | COMEX
Silver | SI | COMEX
E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX
Platinum | PL | NYMEX
Palladium | PA | NYMEX
− ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
MICRO Futures (All Types)
Section: MICRO Futures (All Types)
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | CBOT
Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME
Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | CME
Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | CME
E-Micro Gold | MGC | COMEX
Micro Crude Oil | MCL | NYMEX
E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME
E-Micro Euro | M6E | CME
− ⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables above are supported.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
After
+ We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT, plus EUREX on Tradovate accounts.
+ The full list is below.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
+ ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
+ ⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables below are supported.
MINI Equity Futures
Section: MINI Equity Futures
+ Supported mini equity futures: E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME; Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | CBOT
E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | CME
E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | CME
E-Mini Russell | RTY | CME
E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | CME
Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | CME
EUREX Index Futures
Section: EUREX Index Futures
+ Supported EUREX index futures: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
DAX Index | FDAX | EUREX
Mini-DAX | FDXM | EUREX
Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | EUREX
VSTOXX | FVS | EUREX
STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | EUREX
Micro DAX Index | FDXS | EUREX
Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | EUREX
EUREX Bond Futures
Section: EUREX Bond Futures
+ Supported EUREX bond futures: Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Euro-Buxl | FGBX | EUREX
Euro-Schatz | FGBS | EUREX
Euro-Bobl | FGBM | EUREX
Euro-Bund | FGBL | EUREX
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
+ Supported currency futures: Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME; Euro FX (6E) on CME.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Australian Dollar | 6A | CME
British Pound | 6B | CME
Japanese Yen | 6J | CME
Canadian Dollar | 6C | CME
Swiss Franc | 6S | CME
Euro FX | 6E | CME
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
+ Supported agricultural futures: Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Lean Hogs | HE | CME
Live Cattle | LE | CME
Feeder Cattle | GF | CME
Soybeans | ZS | CBOT
Soybean Oil | ZL | CBOT
Corn | ZC | CBOT
Wheat | ZW | CBOT
Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT
MINI Energy Futures
Section: MINI Energy Futures
+ Supported mini energy futures: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX; E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX
Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX
E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX
E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX
MINI Metal Futures
Section: MINI Metal Futures
+ Supported mini metal futures: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Gold | GC | COMEX
Copper | HG | COMEX
Silver | SI | COMEX
E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX
Platinum | PL | NYMEX
Palladium | PA | NYMEX
MICRO Futures (All Types)
Section: MICRO Futures (All Types)
+ Supported micro futures: Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME; E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX; Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME; E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | CBOT
Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME
Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | CME
Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | CME
E-Micro Gold | MGC | COMEX
Micro Crude Oil | MCL | NYMEX
E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME
E-Micro Euro | M6E | CME
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
− We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT.
− The full list is below, but you can also check Tradovate's website for more details.
+ We support instruments from the following exchanges: CME, COMEX, NYMEX, and CBOT, plus EUREX on Tradovate accounts.
+ The full list is below.
ℹ️ The symbols below are root symbols. Your trading platform adds a month code and year to each one. For example, MGCZ6 is the December 2026 E-Micro Gold (MGC) contract, and ESH7 is the March 2027 E-mini S&P 500 (ES) contract. On TradingView and TradeSea the full year is used instead (MGCZ2026). If the root symbol is listed here, that product is supported. See How to Select the Correct Trading Contract for the month codes and which contract month to trade.
+ ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
+ ⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables below are supported.
MINI Equity Futures
Section: MINI Equity Futures
+ Supported mini equity futures: E-Mini Dow ($5) (YM) on CBOT; E-Mini S&P 500 (ES) on CME; E-Mini NASDAQ (NQ) on CME; E-Mini Russell (RTY) on CME; E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 (EMD) on CME; Nikkei 225 (USD) (NKD) on CME.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
E-Mini Dow ($5) | YM | CBOT
E-Mini S&P 500 | ES | CME
E-Mini NASDAQ | NQ | CME
E-Mini Russell | RTY | CME
E-Mini S&P Midcap 400 | EMD | CME
Nikkei 225 (USD) | NKD | CME
EUREX Index Futures
Section: EUREX Index Futures
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply
+ Supported EUREX index futures: DAX Index (FDAX) on EUREX; Mini-DAX (FDXM) on EUREX; Euro Stoxx 50 (FESX) on EUREX; VSTOXX (FVS) on EUREX; STOXX Europe 600 (FXXP) on EUREX; Micro DAX Index (FDXS) on EUREX; Micro Euro Stoxx 50 (FSXE) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
DAX Index | FDAX | EUREX
Mini-DAX | FDXM | EUREX
Euro Stoxx 50 | FESX | EUREX
VSTOXX | FVS | EUREX
STOXX Europe 600 | FXXP | EUREX
Micro DAX Index | FDXS | EUREX
Micro Euro Stoxx 50 | FSXE | EUREX
EUREX Bond Futures
Section: EUREX Bond Futures
− Additional exchange subscriptions apply
+ Supported EUREX bond futures: Euro-Buxl (FGBX) on EUREX; Euro-Schatz (FGBS) on EUREX; Euro-Bobl (FGBM) on EUREX; Euro-Bund (FGBL) on EUREX.
+ Additional exchange subscriptions apply. EUREX products are available on Tradovate accounts only.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Euro-Buxl | FGBX | EUREX
Euro-Schatz | FGBS | EUREX
Euro-Bobl | FGBM | EUREX
Euro-Bund | FGBL | EUREX
Currency Futures
Section: Currency Futures
+ Supported currency futures: Australian Dollar (6A) on CME; British Pound (6B) on CME; Japanese Yen (6J) on CME; Canadian Dollar (6C) on CME; Swiss Franc (6S) on CME; Euro FX (6E) on CME.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Australian Dollar | 6A | CME
British Pound | 6B | CME
Japanese Yen | 6J | CME
Canadian Dollar | 6C | CME
Swiss Franc | 6S | CME
Euro FX | 6E | CME
Agricultural Futures
Section: Agricultural Futures
+ Supported agricultural futures: Lean Hogs (HE) on CME; Live Cattle (LE) on CME; Feeder Cattle (GF) on CME; Soybeans (ZS) on CBOT; Soybean Oil (ZL) on CBOT; Corn (ZC) on CBOT; Wheat (ZW) on CBOT; Soybean Meal (ZM) on CBOT.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Lean Hogs | HE | CME
Live Cattle | LE | CME
Feeder Cattle | GF | CME
Soybeans | ZS | CBOT
Soybean Oil | ZL | CBOT
Corn | ZC | CBOT
Wheat | ZW | CBOT
Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT
MINI Energy Futures
Section: MINI Energy Futures
+ Supported mini energy futures: Crude Oil (CL) on NYMEX; Natural Gas (NG) on NYMEX; E-Mini Crude Oil (QM) on NYMEX; E-Mini Natural Gas (QG) on NYMEX.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX
Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX
E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX
E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX
MINI Metal Futures
Section: MINI Metal Futures
+ Supported mini metal futures: Gold (GC) on COMEX; Copper (HG) on COMEX; Silver (SI) on COMEX; E-Mini Gold (QO) on COMEX; Platinum (PL) on NYMEX; Palladium (PA) on NYMEX.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Gold | GC | COMEX
Copper | HG | COMEX
Silver | SI | COMEX
E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX
Platinum | PL | NYMEX
Palladium | PA | NYMEX
− ⚠️ Note: Silver (SI) here is the full-size 5,000 oz COMEX contract. The CME 1,000 oz Micro Silver (SIL) is not a Tradeify-supported product. There is no micro version of silver in our supported instruments — see the MICRO Futures table below.
MICRO Futures (All Types)
Section: MICRO Futures (All Types)
+ Supported micro futures: Micro E-Mini Dow (MYM) on CBOT; Micro E-Mini S&P 500 (MES) on CME; Micro E-Mini NASDAQ (MNQ) on CME; Micro E-Mini Russell (M2K) on CME; E-Micro Gold (MGC) on COMEX; Micro Crude Oil (MCL) on NYMEX; E-Micro Australian Dollar (M6A) on CME; E-Micro Euro (M6E) on CME.
Name | Symbol | Exchange
Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | CBOT
Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME
Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | CME
Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | CME
E-Micro Gold | MGC | COMEX
Micro Crude Oil | MCL | NYMEX
E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME
E-Micro Euro | M6E | CME
− ⚠️ Note: MGC is E-Micro Gold, not silver. Do not confuse MGC (gold) with the unsupported Micro Silver (SIL). The only micro metal Tradeify supports is MGC. Never assume a micro version of a standard contract exists — only products listed in the tables above are supported.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade cryptocurrency or Bitcoin futures?
A: No. Tradeify does not support any cryptocurrency derivatives, including Bitcoin futures.
Q: Can I use the Tradovate API?
A: The Tradovate API is only available for LIVE funded accounts. It is not available for evaluation or sim funded accounts.
Q: Why does my P&L look different on EUREX products?
A: EUREX contracts are traded in euros but settled in USD. The currency conversion between EUR and USD explains any discrepancy you see between your trading P&L and your account balance.
PremierTradeify · Rules: Daily Loss Limit | Tradeify Help CenterEST changed to ET in legacy account description; all other content unchanged.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
25K | N/A | $600 | $500
50K | $1,250 | $1,250 | $1,000
100K | $2,500 | $2,500 | $1,250
150K | $3,000 | $3,750 | $1,750
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes
25K | $26,500 | N/A | $1,000
50K | $53,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
100K | $106,000 | $4,000 | $3,500
150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
Section: Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
− If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
Example Scenario
Starting a 100K Growth account:
- Starting balance: $100,000
- Daily Loss Limit: $2,500
- Max Trailing Drawdown: $3,500 from high water mark
If you lose $2,500 in one day, the DLL triggers and trading pauses. You can trade again tomorrow.
Warning: If your high water mark is $101,000 and current balance is $99,000, your drawdown is only $2,000 away. Losing $2,500 would hit the drawdown BEFORE the DLL, failing your account.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Do Select accounts have a DLL?
A: It depends on your payout policy. Select Daily funded accounts have a DLL ($500 for 25K, $1,000 for 50K, $1,250 for 100K, $1,750 for 150K). Select Flex (5-Day) funded accounts do not have a DLL - only the Max Trailing Drawdown applies.
Q: Does the DLL reset each day?
A: Yes. The DLL resets at the start of each trading session (6:00 PM ET). Yesterday's losses don't count toward today's limit.
After
25K | N/A | $600 | $500
50K | $1,250 | $1,250 | $1,000
100K | $2,500 | $2,500 | $1,250
150K | $3,000 | $3,750 | $1,750
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes
25K | $26,500 | N/A | $1,000
50K | $53,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
100K | $106,000 | $4,000 | $3,500
150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
Section: Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
+ If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
Example Scenario
Starting a 100K Growth account:
- Starting balance: $100,000
- Daily Loss Limit: $2,500
- Max Trailing Drawdown: $3,500 from high water mark
If you lose $2,500 in one day, the DLL triggers and trading pauses. You can trade again tomorrow.
Warning: If your high water mark is $101,000 and current balance is $99,000, your drawdown is only $2,000 away. Losing $2,500 would hit the drawdown BEFORE the DLL, failing your account.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Do Select accounts have a DLL?
A: It depends on your payout policy. Select Daily funded accounts have a DLL ($500 for 25K, $1,000 for 50K, $1,250 for 100K, $1,750 for 150K). Select Flex (5-Day) funded accounts do not have a DLL - only the Max Trailing Drawdown applies.
Q: Does the DLL reset each day?
A: Yes. The DLL resets at the start of each trading session (6:00 PM ET). Yesterday's losses don't count toward today's limit.
25K | N/A | $600 | $500
50K | $1,250 | $1,250 | $1,000
100K | $2,500 | $2,500 | $1,250
150K | $3,000 | $3,750 | $1,750
DLL Increases at 6% Profit
When your account reaches 6% profit (balance reaches the threshold below), your DLL increases to match your drawdown amount. This larger DLL takes effect the NEXT trading session, not immediately.
Account | Balance Required | Lightning DLL Becomes | Growth DLL Becomes
25K | $26,500 | N/A | $1,000
50K | $53,000 | $2,000 | $2,000
100K | $106,000 | $4,000 | $3,500
150K | $159,000 | $5,250 | $5,000
Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
Section: Legacy Accounts (Purchased Before September 12, 2025)
− If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
+ If your account was purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, you have the legacy DLL rules. When you reach the 6% profit threshold, your DLL is completely REMOVED (not just increased).
Example Scenario
Starting a 100K Growth account:
- Starting balance: $100,000
- Daily Loss Limit: $2,500
- Max Trailing Drawdown: $3,500 from high water mark
If you lose $2,500 in one day, the DLL triggers and trading pauses. You can trade again tomorrow.
Warning: If your high water mark is $101,000 and current balance is $99,000, your drawdown is only $2,000 away. Losing $2,500 would hit the drawdown BEFORE the DLL, failing your account.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Do Select accounts have a DLL?
A: It depends on your payout policy. Select Daily funded accounts have a DLL ($500 for 25K, $1,000 for 50K, $1,250 for 100K, $1,750 for 150K). Select Flex (5-Day) funded accounts do not have a DLL - only the Max Trailing Drawdown applies.
Q: Does the DLL reset each day?
A: Yes. The DLL resets at the start of each trading session (6:00 PM ET). Yesterday's losses don't count toward today's limit.
PremierTradeify · Rules: Consistency Rule | Tradeify Help CenterLightning Funded Accounts consistency rule effective date changed from EST to ET in two places; Growth Sim and Select rules unchanged.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
The Consistency Rule requires traders to show steady performance before requesting a payout.
Specifically, no single day's profit (commissions are not included in profit) should exceed a set percentage of the trader's total profits over a given period.
This means your biggest day's profit must be at or below this percentage of your total profits. If your biggest day exceeds the percentage limit, you do not meet the consistency requirement yet and will need to continue trading smaller profitable days before requesting a payout. Any percentage at or below your limit meets the rule - 19.97% meets a 20% rule, and exactly 20.00% meets it too. Only a figure strictly above your limit fails. This encourages disciplined and steady trading behavior.
- Growth Sim Funded Accounts must follow a 35% Consistency Rule.
- Select Evaluation Accounts must follow a 40% Consistency Rule during the evaluation phase only. There is no consistency rule for Select accounts in funded mode.
− - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
- First payout: 20%
- Second payout: 25%
- Third and subsequent payouts: 30%
− - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
To calculate the balance required to meet the Consistency Rule, use the following formula:
Biggest End of Day PnL / Consistency % = Total Balance Needed
For example, if your biggest day's profit is $1,000 and you must follow the 20% rule, the required total balance would be: $1,000 / 0.20 = $5,000. Another example: if your biggest day's profit is $2,682.10, the required total balance would be:
$2,682.10 / 0.20 = $13,410.50
Here's a sample chart using the same 20% rule, showing when an account is in line with the rule (green) and when it is not (red):
Why is the Consistency Rule Important?
Implementing the Consistency Rule is crucial for several reasons:
- Risk Management: It prevents traders from relying on a few high-risk trades to achieve overall profitability.
- Performance Stability: The rule encourages consistent performance, reducing the likelihood of erratic profit spikes.
- Discipline: It ensures traders maintain a steady approach and avoid taking excessive risks in pursuit of quick profits.
How Does the Consistency Rule Work?
No single trading day's profit should exceed the consistency percentage for your account type (40% for Select Evaluation, 35% for Growth, or 20-30% for Lightning Funded) of the total profits accumulated from the first day of trading up to the payout request date. To remain compliant with the 20% rule for Lightning Funded accounts, calculate using this method:
After
The Consistency Rule requires traders to show steady performance before requesting a payout.
Specifically, no single day's profit (commissions are not included in profit) should exceed a set percentage of the trader's total profits over a given period.
This means your biggest day's profit must be at or below this percentage of your total profits. If your biggest day exceeds the percentage limit, you do not meet the consistency requirement yet and will need to continue trading smaller profitable days before requesting a payout. Any percentage at or below your limit meets the rule - 19.97% meets a 20% rule, and exactly 20.00% meets it too. Only a figure strictly above your limit fails. This encourages disciplined and steady trading behavior.
- Growth Sim Funded Accounts must follow a 35% Consistency Rule.
- Select Evaluation Accounts must follow a 40% Consistency Rule during the evaluation phase only. There is no consistency rule for Select accounts in funded mode.
+ - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM ET must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
- First payout: 20%
- Second payout: 25%
- Third and subsequent payouts: 30%
+ - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM ET maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
To calculate the balance required to meet the Consistency Rule, use the following formula:
Biggest End of Day PnL / Consistency % = Total Balance Needed
For example, if your biggest day's profit is $1,000 and you must follow the 20% rule, the required total balance would be: $1,000 / 0.20 = $5,000. Another example: if your biggest day's profit is $2,682.10, the required total balance would be:
$2,682.10 / 0.20 = $13,410.50
Here's a sample chart using the same 20% rule, showing when an account is in line with the rule (green) and when it is not (red):
Why is the Consistency Rule Important?
Implementing the Consistency Rule is crucial for several reasons:
- Risk Management: It prevents traders from relying on a few high-risk trades to achieve overall profitability.
- Performance Stability: The rule encourages consistent performance, reducing the likelihood of erratic profit spikes.
- Discipline: It ensures traders maintain a steady approach and avoid taking excessive risks in pursuit of quick profits.
How Does the Consistency Rule Work?
No single trading day's profit should exceed the consistency percentage for your account type (40% for Select Evaluation, 35% for Growth, or 20-30% for Lightning Funded) of the total profits accumulated from the first day of trading up to the payout request date. To remain compliant with the 20% rule for Lightning Funded accounts, calculate using this method:
The Consistency Rule requires traders to show steady performance before requesting a payout.
Specifically, no single day's profit (commissions are not included in profit) should exceed a set percentage of the trader's total profits over a given period.
This means your biggest day's profit must be at or below this percentage of your total profits. If your biggest day exceeds the percentage limit, you do not meet the consistency requirement yet and will need to continue trading smaller profitable days before requesting a payout. Any percentage at or below your limit meets the rule - 19.97% meets a 20% rule, and exactly 20.00% meets it too. Only a figure strictly above your limit fails. This encourages disciplined and steady trading behavior.
- Growth Sim Funded Accounts must follow a 35% Consistency Rule.
- Select Evaluation Accounts must follow a 40% Consistency Rule during the evaluation phase only. There is no consistency rule for Select accounts in funded mode.
− - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
+ - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased after September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM ET must follow a gradual Consistency Rule:
- First payout: 20%
- Second payout: 25%
- Third and subsequent payouts: 30%
− - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM EST maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
+ - Lightning Funded Accounts purchased before September 12, 2025, at 8:00 AM ET maintain the original 20% Consistency Rule for all payouts, without scaling.
To calculate the balance required to meet the Consistency Rule, use the following formula:
Biggest End of Day PnL / Consistency % = Total Balance Needed
For example, if your biggest day's profit is $1,000 and you must follow the 20% rule, the required total balance would be: $1,000 / 0.20 = $5,000. Another example: if your biggest day's profit is $2,682.10, the required total balance would be:
$2,682.10 / 0.20 = $13,410.50
Here's a sample chart using the same 20% rule, showing when an account is in line with the rule (green) and when it is not (red):
Why is the Consistency Rule Important?
Implementing the Consistency Rule is crucial for several reasons:
- Risk Management: It prevents traders from relying on a few high-risk trades to achieve overall profitability.
- Performance Stability: The rule encourages consistent performance, reducing the likelihood of erratic profit spikes.
- Discipline: It ensures traders maintain a steady approach and avoid taking excessive risks in pursuit of quick profits.
How Does the Consistency Rule Work?
No single trading day's profit should exceed the consistency percentage for your account type (40% for Select Evaluation, 35% for Growth, or 20-30% for Lightning Funded) of the total profits accumulated from the first day of trading up to the payout request date. To remain compliant with the 20% rule for Lightning Funded accounts, calculate using this method:
PremierTradeify · Lightning Funded Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterWarning about original parameters moved earlier, Daily Loss Limit note removed, and timezone abbreviation changed from EST to ET.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
A "Lightning Funded" account allows traders to skip the typical evaluation phases and begin trading simulated funds immediately. This gives Tradeify traders direct access to a simulated funded account with the potential to start earning profits towards their payout from day one.
Tradeify offers Lightning Funded account sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k & $150k. The rules for the Lightning Funded are stated in the table below:
Current Position Limits (September 2025+)
Account Size | Trading Days to Payout | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size
$25k | None | None | $1,000 | 1 Contract(10 Micros)
$50k | None | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros)
$100k | None | $2,500 | $4,000 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros)
$150k | None | $3,000 | $5,250 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros)
Please note: the Daily Loss Limit for 150k Lightning funded purchases made before March 31st is $3,750.
− ⚠️ Important: Accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain their original parameters, including on reset.
Instant Payouts: Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Legacy Position Limits (Pre-September 2025)
− The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST. Most accounts use the current limits above.
Account Size | Legacy Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 Contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 Contracts (150 Micros)
Legacy 150K Risk Parameters (Pre-Dashboard Launch)
150K Lightning Funded accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain the following risk parameters, including on reset:
Account Size | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown
$150k | $3,750 | $6,000
For complete profit targets to achieve payouts on these accounts see here.
Lightning Funded Accounts use an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
This offers more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
After
A "Lightning Funded" account allows traders to skip the typical evaluation phases and begin trading simulated funds immediately. This gives Tradeify traders direct access to a simulated funded account with the potential to start earning profits towards their payout from day one.
+ ⚠️ Important: Accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain their original parameters, including on reset.
Tradeify offers Lightning Funded account sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k & $150k. The rules for the Lightning Funded are stated in the table below:
Current Position Limits (September 2025+)
Account Size | Trading Days to Payout | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size
$25k | None | None | $1,000 | 1 Contract(10 Micros)
$50k | None | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros)
$100k | None | $2,500 | $4,000 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros)
$150k | None | $3,000 | $5,250 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros)
Please note: the Daily Loss Limit for 150k Lightning funded purchases made before March 31st is $3,750.
Instant Payouts: Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Legacy Position Limits (Pre-September 2025)
+ The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET. Most accounts use the current limits above.
Account Size | Legacy Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 Contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 Contracts (150 Micros)
Legacy 150K Risk Parameters (Pre-Dashboard Launch)
150K Lightning Funded accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain the following risk parameters, including on reset:
Account Size | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown
$150k | $3,750 | $6,000
For complete profit targets to achieve payouts on these accounts see here.
Lightning Funded Accounts use an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
This offers more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
A "Lightning Funded" account allows traders to skip the typical evaluation phases and begin trading simulated funds immediately. This gives Tradeify traders direct access to a simulated funded account with the potential to start earning profits towards their payout from day one.
+ ⚠️ Important: Accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain their original parameters, including on reset.
Tradeify offers Lightning Funded account sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k & $150k. The rules for the Lightning Funded are stated in the table below:
Current Position Limits (September 2025+)
Account Size | Trading Days to Payout | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size
$25k | None | None | $1,000 | 1 Contract(10 Micros)
$50k | None | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros)
$100k | None | $2,500 | $4,000 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros)
$150k | None | $3,000 | $5,250 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros)
Please note: the Daily Loss Limit for 150k Lightning funded purchases made before March 31st is $3,750.
− ⚠️ Important: Accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain their original parameters, including on reset.
Instant Payouts: Lightning Funded traders can now instantly request payouts directly from the dashboard once the consistency rule and profit objective are met.
Legacy Position Limits (Pre-September 2025)
− The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST. Most accounts use the current limits above.
+ The following limits apply ONLY to accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET. Most accounts use the current limits above.
Account Size | Legacy Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 Contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 Contracts (150 Micros)
Legacy 150K Risk Parameters (Pre-Dashboard Launch)
150K Lightning Funded accounts purchased before the new dashboard launch retain the following risk parameters, including on reset:
Account Size | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown
$150k | $3,750 | $6,000
For complete profit targets to achieve payouts on these accounts see here.
Lightning Funded Accounts use an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is calculated and based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
This offers more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday fluctuations do not move the drawdown level - it only updates at the end of the day. The level itself is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment during the day, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
PremierTradeify · GROWTH™ Evaluation Accounts | Tradeify Help CenterGROWTH™ evaluation minimum trading days reduced from 3 to 1, consistency rule removed, Daily Loss Limit added, payout policy changed to fixed; timezone notation changed from EST to ET; position size limits clarified for pre-September 12 accounts; activation fee terminology sim...Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradeify offers GROWTH™ evaluation accounts in sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k and $150k.
How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
GROWTH™ evaluation is NOT the same as SELECT™ evaluation. Here are the key differences:
Section: How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
Feature | Growth Evaluation | SELECT Evaluation
Minimum Trading Days | 1 day (can pass immediately) | 3 days (due to consistency rule)
Consistency Rule | None | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit)
Daily Loss Limit | Yes (soft breach) | None during evaluation
Payout Policy | Fixed policy (no choice) | Choose AFTER passing (Flex or Daily)
In summary: GROWTH™ evaluation is the fastest way to get funded. You can pass in just 1 trading day because there is NO consistency requirement. However, GROWTH™ has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) that you must respect. SELECT™ takes longer (minimum 3 days) but gives you more intraday flexibility with no daily loss limit.
GROWTH™ evaluation rules
The rules for GROWTH™ evaluation are stated in the table below.
Section: GROWTH™ evaluation rules
Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size
$25k | $1,500 | $600 | $1,000 | 1 Contract (10 Micros)
$50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros)
$100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros)
$150k | $9,000 | $3,750 | $5,000 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros)
− Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
Account Size | Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 contracts (150 Micros)
The GROWTH™ evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday swings don't move the drawdown level. It only updates at the end of the day. The level is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
There is no activation fee for GROWTH™ Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
Section: Passing the Evaluation / Activations
− - There is no time activation fee.
- If you pass a GROWTH™ evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
- Daily activation limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 GROWTH™ Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded accounts active at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
For more information on the payout policies for GROWTH™ Sim Funded accounts click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a consistency rule?
A: No. GROWTH™ evaluation does NOT have a consistency requirement. You can pass in as few as 1 trading day by hitting the profit target. SELECT™ evaluation requires 40% consistency and takes a minimum of 3 trading days.
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
A: Yes. GROWTH™ evaluation DOES have a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach): $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account is not failed. SELECT™ evaluation has NO daily loss limit during the evaluation phase.
Q: Can I pass GROWTH™ evaluation in one day?
A: Yes. Because there is no consistency requirement, you can pass in 1 trading day. Hit the profit target while staying within the drawdown and daily loss limits. SELECT™ requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to its 40% consistency rule.
After
Tradeify offers GROWTH™ evaluation accounts in sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k and $150k.
How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
GROWTH™ evaluation is NOT the same as SELECT™ evaluation. Here are the key differences:
Section: How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
+ GROWTH™ evaluation has a minimum of 1 trading day, so you can pass immediately. It has no consistency rule. It has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach). It uses a fixed payout policy, with no choice. SELECT™ evaluation has a minimum of 3 trading days because of its consistency rule. Its consistency rule is 40%, so no single day can be more than 40% of profit. It has no Daily Loss Limit during the evaluation. After passing, you choose the Flex or Daily payout policy.
Feature | Growth Evaluation | SELECT Evaluation
Minimum Trading Days | 1 day (can pass immediately) | 3 days (due to consistency rule)
Consistency Rule | None | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit)
Daily Loss Limit | Yes (soft breach) | None during evaluation
Payout Policy | Fixed policy (no choice) | Choose AFTER passing (Flex or Daily)
In summary: GROWTH™ evaluation is the fastest way to get funded. You can pass in just 1 trading day because there is NO consistency requirement. However, GROWTH™ has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) that you must respect. SELECT™ takes longer (minimum 3 days) but gives you more intraday flexibility with no daily loss limit.
GROWTH™ evaluation rules
The rules for GROWTH™ evaluation are stated in the table below.
Section: GROWTH™ evaluation rules
+ On a $25k GROWTH™ evaluation, the profit target is $1,500, the Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) is $600, the trailing max drawdown is $1,000, and the max position size is 1 contract (10 micros). On a $50k account, the profit target is $3,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $1,250, the trailing max drawdown is $2,000, and the max position size is 4 contracts (40 micros). On a $100k account, the profit target is $6,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $2,500, the trailing max drawdown is $3,500, and the max position size is 8 contracts (80 micros). On a $150k account, the profit target is $9,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $3,750, the trailing max drawdown is $5,000, and the max position size is 12 contracts (120 micros).
Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size
$25k | $1,500 | $600 | $1,000 | 1 Contract (10 Micros)
$50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros)
$100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros)
$150k | $9,000 | $3,750 | $5,000 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros)
+ Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ For GROWTH™ accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the max position size is 5 contracts (50 micros) on a 50k account, 10 contracts (100 micros) on a 100k account, and 15 contracts (150 micros) on a 150k account.
Account Size | Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 contracts (150 Micros)
The GROWTH™ evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday swings don't move the drawdown level. It only updates at the end of the day. The level is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
There is no activation fee for GROWTH™ Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
Section: Passing the Evaluation / Activations
+ - There is no activation fee.
- If you pass a GROWTH™ evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
- Daily activation limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 GROWTH™ Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded accounts active at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
For more information on the payout policies for GROWTH™ Sim Funded accounts click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a consistency rule?
A: No. GROWTH™ evaluation does NOT have a consistency requirement. You can pass in as few as 1 trading day by hitting the profit target. SELECT™ evaluation requires 40% consistency and takes a minimum of 3 trading days.
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
A: Yes. GROWTH™ evaluation DOES have a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach): $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account is not failed. SELECT™ evaluation has NO daily loss limit during the evaluation phase.
Q: Can I pass GROWTH™ evaluation in one day?
A: Yes. Because there is no consistency requirement, you can pass in 1 trading day. Hit the profit target while staying within the drawdown and daily loss limits. SELECT™ requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to its 40% consistency rule.
Tradeify offers GROWTH™ evaluation accounts in sizes of $25k, $50k, $100k and $150k.
How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
GROWTH™ evaluation is NOT the same as SELECT™ evaluation. Here are the key differences:
Section: How GROWTH™ differs from SELECT™ evaluation
+ GROWTH™ evaluation has a minimum of 1 trading day, so you can pass immediately. It has no consistency rule. It has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach). It uses a fixed payout policy, with no choice. SELECT™ evaluation has a minimum of 3 trading days because of its consistency rule. Its consistency rule is 40%, so no single day can be more than 40% of profit. It has no Daily Loss Limit during the evaluation. After passing, you choose the Flex or Daily payout policy.
Feature | Growth Evaluation | SELECT Evaluation
Minimum Trading Days | 1 day (can pass immediately) | 3 days (due to consistency rule)
Consistency Rule | None | Yes - 40% (no single day > 40% of profit)
Daily Loss Limit | Yes (soft breach) | None during evaluation
Payout Policy | Fixed policy (no choice) | Choose AFTER passing (Flex or Daily)
In summary: GROWTH™ evaluation is the fastest way to get funded. You can pass in just 1 trading day because there is NO consistency requirement. However, GROWTH™ has a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) that you must respect. SELECT™ takes longer (minimum 3 days) but gives you more intraday flexibility with no daily loss limit.
GROWTH™ evaluation rules
The rules for GROWTH™ evaluation are stated in the table below.
Section: GROWTH™ evaluation rules
+ On a $25k GROWTH™ evaluation, the profit target is $1,500, the Daily Loss Limit (soft breach) is $600, the trailing max drawdown is $1,000, and the max position size is 1 contract (10 micros). On a $50k account, the profit target is $3,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $1,250, the trailing max drawdown is $2,000, and the max position size is 4 contracts (40 micros). On a $100k account, the profit target is $6,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $2,500, the trailing max drawdown is $3,500, and the max position size is 8 contracts (80 micros). On a $150k account, the profit target is $9,000, the Daily Loss Limit is $3,750, the trailing max drawdown is $5,000, and the max position size is 12 contracts (120 micros).
Account Size | Profit Target | Daily Loss Limit (Soft Breach) | Trailing Max Drawdown | Max Position Size
$25k | $1,500 | $600 | $1,000 | 1 Contract (10 Micros)
$50k | $3,000 | $1,250 | $2,000 | 4 Contracts (40 Micros)
$100k | $6,000 | $2,500 | $3,500 | 8 Contracts (80 Micros)
$150k | $9,000 | $3,750 | $5,000 | 12 Contracts (120 Micros)
− Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST
+ Note: Position Size for accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET
+ For GROWTH™ accounts purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM ET, the max position size is 5 contracts (50 micros) on a 50k account, 10 contracts (100 micros) on a 100k account, and 15 contracts (150 micros) on a 150k account.
Account Size | Position Size
50k | 5 Contracts (50 Micros)
100k | 10 contracts (100 Micros)
150k | 15 contracts (150 Micros)
The GROWTH™ evaluation uses an End of Day Trailing Max Drawdown, which is based on the account balance at the end of the trading day.
For more information on this type of drawdown, see our full article here.
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts offer more flexibility during the trading day, because intraday swings don't move the drawdown level. It only updates at the end of the day. The level is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value touches it at any moment, the account fails immediately, even if you recover before the close.
There is no activation fee for GROWTH™ Simulated Funded accounts, and the Simulated Funded counterpart cannot be reset.
Billing & Purchase Model
GROWTH™ evaluation accounts are a one-time purchase. There are no recurring subscription charges.
Passing the Evaluation / Activations
Section: Passing the Evaluation / Activations
− - There is no time activation fee.
+ - There is no activation fee.
- If you pass a GROWTH™ evaluation, your account information will update and you can activate instantly.
- Daily activation limit: You can activate a maximum of 5 GROWTH™ Funded accounts per day. The limit resets every 24 hours (UTC). Additional qualified accounts must wait until the next day. You cannot have more than 5 sim funded accounts active at any time.
Reset Credits
- Using a Reset Credit does not affect your account timeline. Your account remains active from the original purchase date.
For more information on the payout policies for GROWTH™ Sim Funded accounts click here.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a consistency rule?
A: No. GROWTH™ evaluation does NOT have a consistency requirement. You can pass in as few as 1 trading day by hitting the profit target. SELECT™ evaluation requires 40% consistency and takes a minimum of 3 trading days.
Q: Does GROWTH™ evaluation have a Daily Loss Limit?
A: Yes. GROWTH™ evaluation DOES have a Daily Loss Limit (soft breach): $600 (25K), $1,250 (50K), $2,500 (100K), $3,750 (150K). If you hit it, trading stops for the day but your account is not failed. SELECT™ evaluation has NO daily loss limit during the evaluation phase.
Q: Can I pass GROWTH™ evaluation in one day?
A: Yes. Because there is no consistency requirement, you can pass in 1 trading day. Hit the profit target while staying within the drawdown and daily loss limits. SELECT™ requires a minimum of 3 trading days due to its 40% consistency rule.
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Pricing Reference | Tradeify Help CenterGrowth and Select pricing added as plain text; Select 300K V2 price reduced from $449 to $349; Lightning pricing and commission fees added as plain text.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
- Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). No consistency rule during the evaluation (35% on funded payouts).
- Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Section: Growth Evaluation Pricing
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $169
Growth 150K | $369 | $229
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $75
Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $135 | $90
Select 50K | $205 | $135
Select 100K | $329 | $209
Select 150K | $459 | $299
Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Section: Lightning Funded Pricing
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
- Select 25K
- Select 50K
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
- Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
- Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
- WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Section: Trading Commission Fees
Instrument | Round-Trip Commission
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
After
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
- Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). No consistency rule during the evaluation (35% on funded payouts).
- Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Section: Growth Evaluation Pricing
+ Growth 25K costs $99, and a reset costs $60. Growth 50K costs $145, and a reset costs $95. Growth 100K costs $255, and a reset costs $169. Growth 150K costs $369, and a reset costs $229.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $169
Growth 150K | $369 | $229
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
+ With the standard 40% consistency rule, Select 25K costs $109, and a reset costs $75. Select 50K costs $165, and a reset costs $109. Select 100K costs $265, and a reset costs $169. Select 150K costs $369, and a reset costs $239. Select 300K (limited release) costs $349 (V2; V1 was $449), and resets are not available.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $75
Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
+ With the 50% Consistency Add-on, Select 25K costs $135, and a reset costs $90. Select 50K costs $205, and a reset costs $135. Select 100K costs $329, and a reset costs $209. Select 150K costs $459, and a reset costs $299. The 50% Consistency Add-on is not available on the Select 300K.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $135 | $90
Select 50K | $205 | $135
Select 100K | $329 | $209
Select 150K | $459 | $299
Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Section: Lightning Funded Pricing
+ Lightning 25K costs $345. Lightning 50K costs $492. Lightning 100K costs $660. Lightning 150K costs $796.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
- Select 25K
- Select 50K
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
- Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
- Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
- WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Section: Trading Commission Fees
+ The round-trip commission per contract is $5.76 for ES (E-mini S&P 500), $5.76 for NQ (E-mini Nasdaq), $1.82 for MES (Micro E-mini S&P), $1.82 for MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq), $5.66 for CL (Crude Oil), and $6.20 for GC (Gold).
Instrument | Round-Trip Commission
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
Tradeify Pricing Reference — This article is a comprehensive pricing guide for Tradeify Futures Prop trading accounts. All plans are one-time purchases with no recurring billing.
Account Types Overview
Tradeify offers three account types, all available in 25K, 50K, 100K, and 150K sizes:
- Growth Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Has Daily Loss Limit (DLL). No consistency rule during the evaluation (35% on funded payouts).
- Select Evaluation — One-time purchase. Pass the evaluation to get funded. No DLL during evaluation. 40% consistency rule during evaluation only, with an optional 50% Consistency Add-on available at purchase. Choose between Daily or Flex payout paths after passing.
- Lightning Funded — One-time purchase. Skip the evaluation entirely and get funded instantly. No resets available. Progressive consistency rule (20% → 25% → 30%).
Growth Evaluation Pricing
Growth Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation to get funded. Resets are available if your account fails.
Section: Growth Evaluation Pricing
+ Growth 25K costs $99, and a reset costs $60. Growth 50K costs $145, and a reset costs $95. Growth 100K costs $255, and a reset costs $169. Growth 150K costs $369, and a reset costs $229.
Account Size | Price (One-Time) | Reset Fee
Growth 25K | $99 | $60
Growth 50K | $145 | $95
Growth 100K | $255 | $169
Growth 150K | $369 | $229
Select Evaluation Pricing
Select Evaluations are one-time purchases. Pass the evaluation and choose between Select Daily or Select Flex payout paths. Resets are available if your account fails.
Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
Section: Select Evaluation with 40% Consistency:
+ With the standard 40% consistency rule, Select 25K costs $109, and a reset costs $75. Select 50K costs $165, and a reset costs $109. Select 100K costs $265, and a reset costs $169. Select 150K costs $369, and a reset costs $239. Select 300K (limited release) costs $349 (V2; V1 was $449), and resets are not available.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $109 | $75
Select 50K | $165 | $109
Select 100K | $265 | $169
Select 150K | $369 | $239
Select 300K (limited release) | $349 (V2; V1 was $449) | Not available
Select Evaluation with 50% Consistency Add-on:
The 50% Consistency Add-on raises your consistency limit from 40% to 50%, allowing a single day to account for up to half of your total profit — meaning you can pass your evaluation in as little as 2 trading days instead of 3.
+ With the 50% Consistency Add-on, Select 25K costs $135, and a reset costs $90. Select 50K costs $205, and a reset costs $135. Select 100K costs $329, and a reset costs $209. Select 150K costs $459, and a reset costs $299. The 50% Consistency Add-on is not available on the Select 300K.
Account Size | Price | Reset Fee
Select 25K | $135 | $90
Select 50K | $205 | $135
Select 100K | $329 | $209
Select 150K | $459 | $299
Select 300K (limited release) | Not available | Not available
The Select 300K is a limited release: no resets, KYC required before purchase, maximum 3 per user, and it does not count toward the 15-evaluation monthly limit. Details: 300K Select Account.
Lightning Funded Pricing
Lightning Funded accounts are one-time purchases with no evaluation required. You are funded instantly. No resets are available — if the account fails, a new one must be purchased.
Section: Lightning Funded Pricing
+ Lightning 25K costs $345. Lightning 50K costs $492. Lightning 100K costs $660. Lightning 150K costs $796.
Account Size | Price (One-Time)
Lightning 25K | $345
Lightning 50K | $492
Lightning 100K | $660
Lightning 150K | $796
Bundle Discounts
Tradeify offers a 5-account bundle discount on select Evaluations. At checkout, tick the Bundle and save option to buy 5 qualifying accounts of the same type and size in one order and receive an automatic 5% discount. This is the only way to buy more than one account in a single checkout — there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 together.
Eligible Bundle Accounts
- Growth 25K
- Growth 50K
- Select 25K
- Select 50K
- Stacks with promo codes: If you also enter an active promo code, both discounts apply. Example: 5× Select 25K = $545 → bundle 5% off = $517 → with a 40% promo code = approximately $310.
- Single checkout only: The bundle is all-or-nothing: there is no option to buy 2, 3, or 4 accounts together at a discount. To buy any number other than 5, complete separate single-account purchases (each at full price). The discount applies per transaction and won't apply retroactively to a later order.
Activation Fees
There are no activation fees for any current Tradeify account type. The purchase price covers everything needed to start trading.
Platform and Data Fees
- Market data (Non-Professional): Free — you must sign the Non-Professional Agreement on your first Tradovate login. If you do not sign it, you may incur a $300/month professional data fee. Level 2 (L2) and EUREX are optional paid add-ons available on Tradovate accounts only, billed by Tradovate.
- Rithmic: No additional platform fee. Same pricing as Tradovate and other platforms. Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- Tradesea: No additional platform fee. Uses Rithmic data — Level 1 CME only.
- WealthCharts: No additional platform fee. Same price as Tradovate and Rithmic. Operated by a third party with its own login credentials (separate from Tradovate/Tradeify). Level 1 CME market data included; Level 2 and EUREX add-ons are not yet available — coming soon.
- TradingView (optional): Free TradingView accounts have approximately 5-second delayed data. Paid TradingView subscriptions start at $12.95/month (paid directly to TradingView).
Trading Commission Fees
All trades incur commission fees. These are per-contract, round-trip (open + close) fees charged by the exchange and broker. Common instruments:
Section: Trading Commission Fees
+ The round-trip commission per contract is $5.76 for ES (E-mini S&P 500), $5.76 for NQ (E-mini Nasdaq), $1.82 for MES (Micro E-mini S&P), $1.82 for MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq), $5.66 for CL (Crude Oil), and $6.20 for GC (Gold).
Instrument | Round-Trip Commission
ES (E-mini S&P 500) | $5.76
NQ (E-mini Nasdaq) | $5.76
MES (Micro E-mini S&P) | $1.82
MNQ (Micro E-mini Nasdaq) | $1.82
CL (Crude Oil) | $5.66
GC (Gold) | $6.20
Important: Trading 10 micro contracts costs significantly more in commissions than 1 mini contract (e.g., 10 MES = $18.20 vs 1 ES = $5.76). For a full list of commission fees by instrument, see the Trading Commission Fees article.
Profit Splits
- Sim Funded accounts (Growth, Select, Lightning): 90% to trader / 10% to Tradeify
- Elite Live accounts: 80% to trader / 20% to Tradeify
- Legacy Live accounts: Traders on the Legacy Live program keep their original profit split terms
PremierTradeify · Data Feed Issues and Market Data Troubleshooting | Tradeify Help CenterClarified that NinjaTrader uses its own connection type with Tradovate credentials, not a separate Tradovate connection type.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Try incognito/private browsing mode
- Switch to different timeframe and back
- Try a different browser
Tradovate Mobile App
Mobile app shows delayed data:
- Force close and restart the app
- Check your internet connection (try WiFi vs cellular)
- Log out and log back in
- Update app to the latest version
- Restart your phone if issues persist
NinjaTrader Platform
"No data available" or connection errors:
Section: NinjaTrader Platform
− - Verify Tradovate connection status in NinjaTrader
- Check credentials match your Tradeify dashboard exactly
- Ensure "Simulation" is selected (not "Live")
- If recently activated, wait 15 minutes after web platform shows data
- Restart NinjaTrader completely
Understanding Your Market Data
Included FREE with Tradeify
CME Group Level 1 Data :All major futures contracts
✅ Real-time price feeds - No delays during market hours
✅ All supported platforms - Tradovate, NinjaTrader, mobile apps
✅ Top-of-book pricing - Best bid and best ask information
Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
Level 2 Data: Advanced order book information
After
- Try incognito/private browsing mode
- Switch to different timeframe and back
- Try a different browser
Tradovate Mobile App
Mobile app shows delayed data:
- Force close and restart the app
- Check your internet connection (try WiFi vs cellular)
- Log out and log back in
- Update app to the latest version
- Restart your phone if issues persist
NinjaTrader Platform
"No data available" or connection errors:
Section: NinjaTrader Platform
+ - Verify the NinjaTrader connection is connected (NinjaTrader uses its own "NinjaTrader" connection type with your Tradovate credentials; there is no Tradovate connection type)
- Check credentials match your Tradeify dashboard exactly
- Ensure "Simulation" is selected (not "Live")
- If recently activated, wait 15 minutes after web platform shows data
- Restart NinjaTrader completely
Understanding Your Market Data
Included FREE with Tradeify
CME Group Level 1 Data :All major futures contracts
✅ Real-time price feeds - No delays during market hours
✅ All supported platforms - Tradovate, NinjaTrader, mobile apps
✅ Top-of-book pricing - Best bid and best ask information
Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
Level 2 Data: Advanced order book information
- Try incognito/private browsing mode
- Switch to different timeframe and back
- Try a different browser
Tradovate Mobile App
Mobile app shows delayed data:
- Force close and restart the app
- Check your internet connection (try WiFi vs cellular)
- Log out and log back in
- Update app to the latest version
- Restart your phone if issues persist
NinjaTrader Platform
"No data available" or connection errors:
Section: NinjaTrader Platform
− - Verify Tradovate connection status in NinjaTrader
+ - Verify the NinjaTrader connection is connected (NinjaTrader uses its own "NinjaTrader" connection type with your Tradovate credentials; there is no Tradovate connection type)
- Check credentials match your Tradeify dashboard exactly
- Ensure "Simulation" is selected (not "Live")
- If recently activated, wait 15 minutes after web platform shows data
- Restart NinjaTrader completely
Understanding Your Market Data
Included FREE with Tradeify
CME Group Level 1 Data :All major futures contracts
✅ Real-time price feeds - No delays during market hours
✅ All supported platforms - Tradovate, NinjaTrader, mobile apps
✅ Top-of-book pricing - Best bid and best ask information
Optional Upgrades (Tradovate accounts only — purchase from Tradovate)
Level 2 Data: Advanced order book information
PremierTradeify · Platform Connection Troubleshooting | Tradeify Help CenterSupported platforms list changed from Tradovate, WealthCharts, and NinjaTrader to Tradovate with NinjaTrader and TradingView, Rithmic with multiple platforms, and WealthCharts.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
TradingView is a third-party software application that operate independently of Tradeify's systems. Issues arising from these third-party platforms' API connectivity, software bugs, data feed problems, or other technical malfunctions are outside Tradeify's control and support scope. Accounts affected by third-party software issues will not be repaired or adjusted by Tradeify.
Section: 🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
− Supported Platforms: Tradovate, WealthCharts, and NinjaTrader are directly supported by Tradeify.
Quick Diagnosis Checklist
Before diving into specific solutions, run through this quick checklist:
- Internet connection is stable and active
- Platform credentials are correct and current
- Account status is active with Tradeify
- Platform updates - using latest version of software
- System requirements are met for the platform
- Configure and test your stop-loss settings within a practice environment to ensure reliability during live trading.
General Connection Issues - Credential Problems
Symptoms: "Invalid credentials" or "Access denied" errors
Solutions:
- Verify credentials from Tradeify dashboard
After
🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
TradingView is a third-party software application that operate independently of Tradeify's systems. Issues arising from these third-party platforms' API connectivity, software bugs, data feed problems, or other technical malfunctions are outside Tradeify's control and support scope. Accounts affected by third-party software issues will not be repaired or adjusted by Tradeify.
Section: 🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
+ Supported Platforms: Tradovate (with NinjaTrader and TradingView), Rithmic (with Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader), and WealthCharts are supported by Tradeify.
Quick Diagnosis Checklist
Before diving into specific solutions, run through this quick checklist:
- Internet connection is stable and active
- Platform credentials are correct and current
- Account status is active with Tradeify
- Platform updates - using latest version of software
- System requirements are met for the platform
- Configure and test your stop-loss settings within a practice environment to ensure reliability during live trading.
General Connection Issues - Credential Problems
Symptoms: "Invalid credentials" or "Access denied" errors
Solutions:
- Verify credentials from Tradeify dashboard
🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
TradingView is a third-party software application that operate independently of Tradeify's systems. Issues arising from these third-party platforms' API connectivity, software bugs, data feed problems, or other technical malfunctions are outside Tradeify's control and support scope. Accounts affected by third-party software issues will not be repaired or adjusted by Tradeify.
Section: 🚨 Important Third-Party Software Notice
− Supported Platforms: Tradovate, WealthCharts, and NinjaTrader are directly supported by Tradeify.
+ Supported Platforms: Tradovate (with NinjaTrader and TradingView), Rithmic (with Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader), and WealthCharts are supported by Tradeify.
Quick Diagnosis Checklist
Before diving into specific solutions, run through this quick checklist:
- Internet connection is stable and active
- Platform credentials are correct and current
- Account status is active with Tradeify
- Platform updates - using latest version of software
- System requirements are met for the platform
- Configure and test your stop-loss settings within a practice environment to ensure reliability during live trading.
General Connection Issues - Credential Problems
Symptoms: "Invalid credentials" or "Access denied" errors
Solutions:
- Verify credentials from Tradeify dashboard
PremierTradeify · Supported Platforms | Tradeify Help CenterRevised broker selection guidance to present Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts as equal-priced options and added R|Trader to Rithmic's available platforms.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Section: Which platform should I choose?
− Tradovate is a great starting point — it's cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic is ideal if you want access to Tradesea, Quantower, or Sierra Chart. WealthCharts is for traders who specifically want WealthCharts' advanced charting tools.
After
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Section: Which platform should I choose?
+ Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts are equal options at the same price. Choose the broker that gives you the platform you want to use. Tradovate is cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic gives you access to Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader. WealthCharts gives you access to the WealthCharts platform only.
Frequently Asked Questions
Can I switch platforms after purchasing?
You can use any platform compatible with your broker (e.g., if you have Rithmic credentials, you can switch freely between Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader). However, you cannot switch between brokers (e.g., from Tradovate to Rithmic) without purchasing a new account.
Do all platforms cost the same?
Yes. Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts accounts are all the same price. There is no surcharge for any platform.
Can I use TradingView with a Rithmic account?
No. TradingView connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use TradingView, you need a Tradovate-based account. Rithmic users can use Tradesea as an alternative web-based charting platform.
Can I use NinjaTrader with a Rithmic account?
No. NinjaTrader connects through Tradovate only. If you want to use NinjaTrader, you need a Tradovate-based account.
Are Level 2 and EUREX data available on all brokers?
No. Level 2 (L2) depth of market data and EUREX data are available on Tradovate accounts only, purchased directly from Tradovate. On Rithmic accounts (Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, R|Trader) and WealthCharts accounts these add-ons are not yet available and cannot be purchased — support is coming soon. All accounts include free Level 1 CME data. See Level 2 (L2) and EUREX Data: Availability by Broker.
Which platform should I choose?
Section: Which platform should I choose?
− Tradovate is a great starting point — it's cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic is ideal if you want access to Tradesea, Quantower, or Sierra Chart. WealthCharts is for traders who specifically want WealthCharts' advanced charting tools.
+ Tradovate, Rithmic, and WealthCharts are equal options at the same price. Choose the broker that gives you the platform you want to use. Tradovate is cloud-based, works on any device, and gives you access to NinjaTrader and TradingView. Rithmic gives you access to Tradesea, Quantower, Sierra Chart, and R|Trader. WealthCharts gives you access to the WealthCharts platform only.
PremierTradeify · Understanding CME Contracts: A Complete Guide | Tradeify Help CenterTrade positioning requirement changed to mandate daily position closure by 4:45 PM ET instead of allowing longer-term holdings with rolling.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
- Professional traders roll before expiration
- Avoid trading contracts close to expiration
Why This Matters for Your Trading
Liquidity Issues
Trading expired or near-expired contracts can cause:
- Poor fill prices
- Wide bid-ask spreads
- Difficulty entering/exiting positions
- Slippage on larger orders
Contract Selection Best Practices
✅ Trade the front month contract (highest volume)
✅ Check expiration dates before opening positions
Section: Why This Matters for Your Trading
− ✅ Roll positions before expiration if holding longer-term
✅ Use CME calendars to verify active contracts
❌ Don't trade contracts within 1-2 weeks of expiration
❌ Don't assume all months have the same liquidity
❌ Don't roll backwards (from Dec to Nov - always forward)
Common Contract Expiration Schedule
Quarterly Contracts (Most Liquid)
ES, NQ, RTY, YM: March (H), June (M), September (U), December (Z)
Monthly Contracts
Some products trade every month, others only quarterly
Serial Expiration
Contracts expire on the 3rd Friday of the contract month (typically)
How to Stay Informed
After
- Professional traders roll before expiration
- Avoid trading contracts close to expiration
Why This Matters for Your Trading
Liquidity Issues
Trading expired or near-expired contracts can cause:
- Poor fill prices
- Wide bid-ask spreads
- Difficulty entering/exiting positions
- Slippage on larger orders
Contract Selection Best Practices
✅ Trade the front month contract (highest volume)
✅ Check expiration dates before opening positions
Section: Why This Matters for Your Trading
+ ✅ Trade the front-month contract and switch to the next contract before expiration (Tradeify positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET each day)
✅ Use CME calendars to verify active contracts
❌ Don't trade contracts within 1-2 weeks of expiration
❌ Don't assume all months have the same liquidity
❌ Don't roll backwards (from Dec to Nov - always forward)
Common Contract Expiration Schedule
Quarterly Contracts (Most Liquid)
ES, NQ, RTY, YM: March (H), June (M), September (U), December (Z)
Monthly Contracts
Some products trade every month, others only quarterly
Serial Expiration
Contracts expire on the 3rd Friday of the contract month (typically)
How to Stay Informed
- Professional traders roll before expiration
- Avoid trading contracts close to expiration
Why This Matters for Your Trading
Liquidity Issues
Trading expired or near-expired contracts can cause:
- Poor fill prices
- Wide bid-ask spreads
- Difficulty entering/exiting positions
- Slippage on larger orders
Contract Selection Best Practices
✅ Trade the front month contract (highest volume)
✅ Check expiration dates before opening positions
Section: Why This Matters for Your Trading
− ✅ Roll positions before expiration if holding longer-term
+ ✅ Trade the front-month contract and switch to the next contract before expiration (Tradeify positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET each day)
✅ Use CME calendars to verify active contracts
❌ Don't trade contracts within 1-2 weeks of expiration
❌ Don't assume all months have the same liquidity
❌ Don't roll backwards (from Dec to Nov - always forward)
Common Contract Expiration Schedule
Quarterly Contracts (Most Liquid)
ES, NQ, RTY, YM: March (H), June (M), September (U), December (Z)
Monthly Contracts
Some products trade every month, others only quarterly
Serial Expiration
Contracts expire on the 3rd Friday of the contract month (typically)
How to Stay Informed
PremierTradeify · What is a Trading Day? | Tradeify Help CenterTime zone abbreviations changed from EST/EDT to ET in four locations throughout the article.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
− Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
The term can cause confusion, so it may be easier to think of it as "Market Session" instead.
To qualify for a payout in Tradeify, users must fulfill trading activity requirements, including the 10-second rule on funded accounts: over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
− For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M EST and then another at 7:00 P.M EST on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
Rithmic accounts: On the Rithmic broker, a holiday half-day (shortened session) is not recorded until the next full market close. The day still counts as a trading day, but the credit (and any payout based on it) may not post until the following full session closes. For example, a Friday holiday half-day is recorded at the following Monday's market close.
After
+ A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. ET to 5:00 P.M. ET the next day.
+ Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. ET to 5:00 P.M. ET on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
The term can cause confusion, so it may be easier to think of it as "Market Session" instead.
To qualify for a payout in Tradeify, users must fulfill trading activity requirements, including the 10-second rule on funded accounts: over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
+ For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M ET and then another at 7:00 P.M ET on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
Rithmic accounts: On the Rithmic broker, a holiday half-day (shortened session) is not recorded until the next full market close. The day still counts as a trading day, but the credit (and any payout based on it) may not post until the following full session closes. For example, a Friday holiday half-day is recorded at the following Monday's market close.
− A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT the next day.
− Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. EST/EDT to 5:00 P.M. EST/EDT on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
+ A trading day is counted as at least one trade placed from 6:00 P.M. ET to 5:00 P.M. ET the next day.
+ Tradeify users should know that trading days are a critical part of the system, consolidated from 6:00 P.M. ET to 5:00 P.M. ET on the following day. It aligns trades and provides clarity on account processing.
The term can cause confusion, so it may be easier to think of it as "Market Session" instead.
To qualify for a payout in Tradeify, users must fulfill trading activity requirements, including the 10-second rule on funded accounts: over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
− For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M EST and then another at 7:00 P.M EST on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
+ For example, if you placed a trade at 10:00 A.M ET and then another at 7:00 P.M ET on the same day, you might think that that's one "trading day," but it's actually two, because the trades fall on two different market sessions.
Rithmic accounts: On the Rithmic broker, a holiday half-day (shortened session) is not recorded until the next full market close. The day still counts as a trading day, but the credit (and any payout based on it) may not post until the following full session closes. For example, a Friday holiday half-day is recorded at the following Monday's market close.
PremierTradeify · Common FAQs | Tradeify Help CenterReconciliation window changed from 5-8 PM ET to 5-6 PM ET in two locations.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there a time limit for evaluations?
A: There is no time limit to complete a Growth or Select Evaluation. However, the weekly inactivity rule still applies to evaluations: you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday) on each evaluation account, or the account can be closed for inactivity after an email warning.
Q: How long does it take for my account to become active after purchase?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-8 PM ET reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
Q: How do I get funded after passing an evaluation?
A: Once you have met all of your evaluation objectives, go to your dashboard and click Activate Account on the account card. Activation is instant and there are no activation fees.
Q: Do I get a completion certificate when I pass an evaluation?
A: Completion certificates are not currently available, but we're working on adding this feature soon! For now, your achievement is reflected in your funded account status - once you pass, you can activate your Sim Funded account from the dashboard and begin trading for real payouts.
Q: Are Tradeify accounts one-time purchases or subscriptions?
A: All Tradeify accounts (Evaluations, Lightning Funded, etc.) are one-time purchases. There are no recurring charges or subscription fees. You pay once and your account remains active until you either pass, fail, or the account expires.
Q: Can I change my email address?
A: No, email changes are generally not permitted. Your email address is tied to your account identity, trading history, and payout verification. In rare circumstances, our compliance department may consider a request. If you believe you have a valid reason for an email change, please ask to speak with a support agent for a review.
Q: Are there any monthly fees after funding?
A: No, once you pass and activate the evaluation there are no fees at all.
Q: Do you offer practice accounts?
A: No, we do not offer practice accounts.
- You can have up to 5 Funded accounts per Household.
- Are there activation fees?
- No. Growth, Select, and Lightning accounts have no activation fees.
- Can I trade as a company/LLC?
- Yes. You may register your single Tradeify account using business information, or trade under your personal account and complete KYB (Know Your Business) verification when requesting payouts. Only one Tradeify account is permitted per user — personal and business accounts cannot be held in parallel.
- What happens to my account if I don't trade for a week?
- Funded and evaluation accounts require at least one trade per week (Monday-Friday) to remain active. If inactive, your account will be deleted after an email warning.
- What happens to my profits if I want to close my account?
- The profits will be forfeited.
- What happens if I delete my Tradeify account?
- Account deletion is permanent and irreversible. Once deleted, you will not be permitted to register or use Tradeify in the future. If you only want to remove a single failed or expired account, contact support — full deletion is not required.
- How do I remove failed accounts from Tradovate?
Section: Account Management:
− - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-8 PM ET). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
- Can I pause or put my account on hold?
- No. Accounts cannot be paused or put on hold for any reason. All account types remain active until they fail a rule or the account expires.
- Why won't my passed evaluation account activate?
- Check that: (1) you have fewer than 5 active funded accounts, (2) your account is still active (not expired), and (3) you have met every evaluation objective. Activation is instant once all of these are met. Residents of some countries must also complete identity verification (KYC) before activating.
- Can I reinstate a canceled account?
- Accounts removed due to inactivity cannot be reactivated. Expired accounts cannot be reinstated - you would need to purchase a new account.
- My funded account has been "processing" for multiple days - is this normal?
- No, this is not normal. Funded account activation is instant once your objectives are met.
- Normal timeline: Pass evaluation → click Activate Account on your dashboard. There is no waiting period.
- If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard.
- "Account creation in progress" message: If you still see this message more than a few hours after activating, this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
- If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your broker (Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts) and account number for investigation.
After
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there a time limit for evaluations?
A: There is no time limit to complete a Growth or Select Evaluation. However, the weekly inactivity rule still applies to evaluations: you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday) on each evaluation account, or the account can be closed for inactivity after an email warning.
Q: How long does it take for my account to become active after purchase?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-6 PM ET reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
Q: How do I get funded after passing an evaluation?
A: Once you have met all of your evaluation objectives, go to your dashboard and click Activate Account on the account card. Activation is instant and there are no activation fees.
Q: Do I get a completion certificate when I pass an evaluation?
A: Completion certificates are not currently available, but we're working on adding this feature soon! For now, your achievement is reflected in your funded account status - once you pass, you can activate your Sim Funded account from the dashboard and begin trading for real payouts.
Q: Are Tradeify accounts one-time purchases or subscriptions?
A: All Tradeify accounts (Evaluations, Lightning Funded, etc.) are one-time purchases. There are no recurring charges or subscription fees. You pay once and your account remains active until you either pass, fail, or the account expires.
Q: Can I change my email address?
A: No, email changes are generally not permitted. Your email address is tied to your account identity, trading history, and payout verification. In rare circumstances, our compliance department may consider a request. If you believe you have a valid reason for an email change, please ask to speak with a support agent for a review.
Q: Are there any monthly fees after funding?
A: No, once you pass and activate the evaluation there are no fees at all.
Q: Do you offer practice accounts?
A: No, we do not offer practice accounts.
- You can have up to 5 Funded accounts per Household.
- Are there activation fees?
- No. Growth, Select, and Lightning accounts have no activation fees.
- Can I trade as a company/LLC?
- Yes. You may register your single Tradeify account using business information, or trade under your personal account and complete KYB (Know Your Business) verification when requesting payouts. Only one Tradeify account is permitted per user — personal and business accounts cannot be held in parallel.
- What happens to my account if I don't trade for a week?
- Funded and evaluation accounts require at least one trade per week (Monday-Friday) to remain active. If inactive, your account will be deleted after an email warning.
- What happens to my profits if I want to close my account?
- The profits will be forfeited.
- What happens if I delete my Tradeify account?
- Account deletion is permanent and irreversible. Once deleted, you will not be permitted to register or use Tradeify in the future. If you only want to remove a single failed or expired account, contact support — full deletion is not required.
- How do I remove failed accounts from Tradovate?
Section: Account Management:
+ - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-6 PM ET). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
- Can I pause or put my account on hold?
- No. Accounts cannot be paused or put on hold for any reason. All account types remain active until they fail a rule or the account expires.
- Why won't my passed evaluation account activate?
- Check that: (1) you have fewer than 5 active funded accounts, (2) your account is still active (not expired), and (3) you have met every evaluation objective. Activation is instant once all of these are met. Residents of some countries must also complete identity verification (KYC) before activating.
- Can I reinstate a canceled account?
- Accounts removed due to inactivity cannot be reactivated. Expired accounts cannot be reinstated - you would need to purchase a new account.
- My funded account has been "processing" for multiple days - is this normal?
- No, this is not normal. Funded account activation is instant once your objectives are met.
- Normal timeline: Pass evaluation → click Activate Account on your dashboard. There is no waiting period.
- If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard.
- "Account creation in progress" message: If you still see this message more than a few hours after activating, this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
- If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your broker (Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts) and account number for investigation.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Is there a time limit for evaluations?
A: There is no time limit to complete a Growth or Select Evaluation. However, the weekly inactivity rule still applies to evaluations: you must place at least one trade per week (Monday through Friday) on each evaluation account, or the account can be closed for inactivity after an email warning.
Q: How long does it take for my account to become active after purchase?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-8 PM ET reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
+ A: Accounts activate instantly after purchase - you'll receive login credentials via email and can start trading right away. However, if you purchase during the 5-6 PM ET reconciliation window, your account activation may be delayed until reconciliation completes (usually within 1-2 hours). This is rare but can happen if your payment processes during this window.
Q: How do I get funded after passing an evaluation?
A: Once you have met all of your evaluation objectives, go to your dashboard and click Activate Account on the account card. Activation is instant and there are no activation fees.
Q: Do I get a completion certificate when I pass an evaluation?
A: Completion certificates are not currently available, but we're working on adding this feature soon! For now, your achievement is reflected in your funded account status - once you pass, you can activate your Sim Funded account from the dashboard and begin trading for real payouts.
Q: Are Tradeify accounts one-time purchases or subscriptions?
A: All Tradeify accounts (Evaluations, Lightning Funded, etc.) are one-time purchases. There are no recurring charges or subscription fees. You pay once and your account remains active until you either pass, fail, or the account expires.
Q: Can I change my email address?
A: No, email changes are generally not permitted. Your email address is tied to your account identity, trading history, and payout verification. In rare circumstances, our compliance department may consider a request. If you believe you have a valid reason for an email change, please ask to speak with a support agent for a review.
Q: Are there any monthly fees after funding?
A: No, once you pass and activate the evaluation there are no fees at all.
Q: Do you offer practice accounts?
A: No, we do not offer practice accounts.
- You can have up to 5 Funded accounts per Household.
- Are there activation fees?
- No. Growth, Select, and Lightning accounts have no activation fees.
- Can I trade as a company/LLC?
- Yes. You may register your single Tradeify account using business information, or trade under your personal account and complete KYB (Know Your Business) verification when requesting payouts. Only one Tradeify account is permitted per user — personal and business accounts cannot be held in parallel.
- What happens to my account if I don't trade for a week?
- Funded and evaluation accounts require at least one trade per week (Monday-Friday) to remain active. If inactive, your account will be deleted after an email warning.
- What happens to my profits if I want to close my account?
- The profits will be forfeited.
- What happens if I delete my Tradeify account?
- Account deletion is permanent and irreversible. Once deleted, you will not be permitted to register or use Tradeify in the future. If you only want to remove a single failed or expired account, contact support — full deletion is not required.
- How do I remove failed accounts from Tradovate?
Section: Account Management:
− - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-8 PM ET). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
+ - Failed accounts are automatically removed from Tradovate during our daily reconciliation process (5-6 PM ET). No action needed - they will disappear from your Tradovate account list automatically.
- Can I pause or put my account on hold?
- No. Accounts cannot be paused or put on hold for any reason. All account types remain active until they fail a rule or the account expires.
- Why won't my passed evaluation account activate?
- Check that: (1) you have fewer than 5 active funded accounts, (2) your account is still active (not expired), and (3) you have met every evaluation objective. Activation is instant once all of these are met. Residents of some countries must also complete identity verification (KYC) before activating.
- Can I reinstate a canceled account?
- Accounts removed due to inactivity cannot be reactivated. Expired accounts cannot be reinstated - you would need to purchase a new account.
- My funded account has been "processing" for multiple days - is this normal?
- No, this is not normal. Funded account activation is instant once your objectives are met.
- Normal timeline: Pass evaluation → click Activate Account on your dashboard. There is no waiting period.
- If it's been 2+ days, check: (1) your account is still active (not expired) on the Billing page, (2) you have fewer than 5 funded accounts, (3) you've refreshed your dashboard.
- "Account creation in progress" message: If you still see this message more than a few hours after activating, this is NOT normal. Contact support immediately - the account may be stuck and require manual intervention.
- If still stuck after checking these, contact support with your broker (Tradovate, Rithmic, or WealthCharts) and account number for investigation.
PremierTradeify · Essential Trading Rules Overview | Tradeify Help CenterEST/EDT changed to ET, and Growth account type renamed to Growth Funded with additional rule clarification.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
- Regular Trading Days: Close all positions by 4:45 PM Eastern Time (Monday-Friday)
- Holiday Early Close Days: Close all positions by 12:59 PM Eastern Time
Trading Hours
- Market Open: 6:00 PM Eastern Time (Sunday to Thursday evenings)
- Market Close: 5:00 PM Eastern Time (Monday to Friday)
Automatic Position Closure
Any positions left open when the market closes will be automatically closed by Tradeify. This will not result in account failure or penalties.
Trading Day Definition
Section: Trading Day Definition
− A trading day runs from 6:00 PM EST/EDT to 5:00 PM EST/EDT the next calendar day.
Important: If you trade during different market sessions on the same calendar day (for example, at 1:00 AM and again at 7:00 PM), these count as two separate trading days for rule compliance purposes.
Position Limits
Maximum Contract Limits
Account Size | Mini Contracts | Micro Equivalent
$25k | 1 contract | 10 micros
$50k | 4 contracts | 40 micros
$100k | 8 contracts | 80 micros
$150k | 12 contracts | 120 micros
Contract Size Conversion
- 10 Micro contracts = 1 Mini contract
- You can hold minis and micros at the same time. Your combined position must stay within your account's contract limit, counted at this 10:1 ratio.
Position Scaling
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
- On funded accounts, payout requests require over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
Section: Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
− Growth: 35% limit
Lightning Funded: 20% for the first payout, 25% for the second, 30% from the third (accounts bought after September 12, 2025)
Example: If your biggest day was $2,000 profit and you follow the 20% rule, you need at least $10,000 total profit to be eligible for payouts.
Good Faith Trading
Core Principle: Trade honestly and don't exploit platform errors.
Violations Include:
- Taking advantage of price display errors
- Exploiting system delays
- Any strategy designed to create platform errors
Consequences: Account termination for violations
News Trading Policy
Allowed: Yes, but at your own risk.
Restrictions: None - news trading is allowed on all accounts
After
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
- Regular Trading Days: Close all positions by 4:45 PM Eastern Time (Monday-Friday)
- Holiday Early Close Days: Close all positions by 12:59 PM Eastern Time
Trading Hours
- Market Open: 6:00 PM Eastern Time (Sunday to Thursday evenings)
- Market Close: 5:00 PM Eastern Time (Monday to Friday)
Automatic Position Closure
Any positions left open when the market closes will be automatically closed by Tradeify. This will not result in account failure or penalties.
Trading Day Definition
Section: Trading Day Definition
+ A trading day runs from 6:00 PM ET to 5:00 PM ET the next calendar day.
Important: If you trade during different market sessions on the same calendar day (for example, at 1:00 AM and again at 7:00 PM), these count as two separate trading days for rule compliance purposes.
Position Limits
Maximum Contract Limits
Account Size | Mini Contracts | Micro Equivalent
$25k | 1 contract | 10 micros
$50k | 4 contracts | 40 micros
$100k | 8 contracts | 80 micros
$150k | 12 contracts | 120 micros
Contract Size Conversion
- 10 Micro contracts = 1 Mini contract
- You can hold minis and micros at the same time. Your combined position must stay within your account's contract limit, counted at this 10:1 ratio.
Position Scaling
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
- On funded accounts, payout requests require over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
Section: Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
+ Growth Funded: 35% limit (the Growth Evaluation has no consistency rule)
Lightning Funded: 20% for the first payout, 25% for the second, 30% from the third (accounts bought after September 12, 2025)
Example: If your biggest day was $2,000 profit and you follow the 20% rule, you need at least $10,000 total profit to be eligible for payouts.
Good Faith Trading
Core Principle: Trade honestly and don't exploit platform errors.
Violations Include:
- Taking advantage of price display errors
- Exploiting system delays
- Any strategy designed to create platform errors
Consequences: Account termination for violations
News Trading Policy
Allowed: Yes, but at your own risk.
Restrictions: None - news trading is allowed on all accounts
Universal Rules (All Account Types)
Position Holding Requirements
All positions must be closed before the market closes each day. No swing trading or holding positions overnight is allowed.
Daily Close Requirements
- Regular Trading Days: Close all positions by 4:45 PM Eastern Time (Monday-Friday)
- Holiday Early Close Days: Close all positions by 12:59 PM Eastern Time
Trading Hours
- Market Open: 6:00 PM Eastern Time (Sunday to Thursday evenings)
- Market Close: 5:00 PM Eastern Time (Monday to Friday)
Automatic Position Closure
Any positions left open when the market closes will be automatically closed by Tradeify. This will not result in account failure or penalties.
Trading Day Definition
Section: Trading Day Definition
− A trading day runs from 6:00 PM EST/EDT to 5:00 PM EST/EDT the next calendar day.
+ A trading day runs from 6:00 PM ET to 5:00 PM ET the next calendar day.
Important: If you trade during different market sessions on the same calendar day (for example, at 1:00 AM and again at 7:00 PM), these count as two separate trading days for rule compliance purposes.
Position Limits
Maximum Contract Limits
Account Size | Mini Contracts | Micro Equivalent
$25k | 1 contract | 10 micros
$50k | 4 contracts | 40 micros
$100k | 8 contracts | 80 micros
$150k | 12 contracts | 120 micros
Contract Size Conversion
- 10 Micro contracts = 1 Mini contract
- You can hold minis and micros at the same time. Your combined position must stay within your account's contract limit, counted at this 10:1 ratio.
Position Scaling
Payout Eligibility Rules
Payout trading day requirements vary by account type:
- Select Daily: Daily payouts available (no minimum trading days between requests)
- Select Flex: 5 winning trading days required per payout cycle
- Growth: 5 profitable trading days required per payout cycle
- Lightning: No minimum trading day requirement
- Minimum Activity: At least 1 trade per week (Monday-Friday) — applies to both evaluation and funded accounts
- On funded accounts, payout requests require over 50% of trades held longer than 10 seconds and over 50% of profit from those trades.
- Idle Time Warning: We'll contact you before taking action.
Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
What it means: No single day's profit should be too large compared to your total profits.
Select Evaluation: 40% limit (during evaluation phase only)
Section: Consistency Rule Quick Guide:
− Growth: 35% limit
+ Growth Funded: 35% limit (the Growth Evaluation has no consistency rule)
Lightning Funded: 20% for the first payout, 25% for the second, 30% from the third (accounts bought after September 12, 2025)
Example: If your biggest day was $2,000 profit and you follow the 20% rule, you need at least $10,000 total profit to be eligible for payouts.
Good Faith Trading
Core Principle: Trade honestly and don't exploit platform errors.
Violations Include:
- Taking advantage of price display errors
- Exploiting system delays
- Any strategy designed to create platform errors
Consequences: Account termination for violations
News Trading Policy
Allowed: Yes, but at your own risk.
Restrictions: None - news trading is allowed on all accounts
PremierTradeify · How Do I Start Trading? | Tradeify Help CenterAdded note that Tradovate setup is covered in this guide, with links to separate setup guides for Rithmic and WealthCharts accounts.Oct 17
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
First choose an account of your preference, sign up and complete your purchase. After that you'll receive immediate access to begin trading. Here's your step-by-step setup process:
Step 1: Account Purchase
First, go to https://www.tradeify.co/#pricing-section to see our current plans and prices. In this case, I am Starting With a Growth 150k account
Once you have signed up to an evaluation you will be sent to the following page:
You can access your Tradovate login details via the 'Go to Dashboard' link or through the email confirmation that you will receive.
If you click on 'Go to Dashboard' you will see your Tradovate login details to begin trading:
Click 'Start Trading', use the Username and Password and following the instructions from Tradovate.
Then click where it says Launch to access to the Simulation Environment (these are simulated accounts)
If it's your first purchase, you will be prompted to sign the Non Professional Data agreement.
This is mandatory step. If you don't sign the agreement, you wont have real time data.
Articles to Help you Setup the Platform:
- Platform | Tradovate Setup and Configuration
- Platform | NinjaTrader 8 Setup Guide
After
First choose an account of your preference, sign up and complete your purchase. After that you'll receive immediate access to begin trading. Here's your step-by-step setup process:
+ This guide shows the setup for a Tradovate account. Rithmic and WealthCharts accounts have their own setup guides. For Rithmic, see the Tradesea Setup Guide, Quantower Setup Guide, Sierra Chart Setup Guide, or R|Trader Pro Setup Guide. For WealthCharts, see the WealthCharts Platform Overview.
Step 1: Account Purchase
First, go to https://www.tradeify.co/#pricing-section to see our current plans and prices. In this case, I am Starting With a Growth 150k account
Once you have signed up to an evaluation you will be sent to the following page:
You can access your Tradovate login details via the 'Go to Dashboard' link or through the email confirmation that you will receive.
If you click on 'Go to Dashboard' you will see your Tradovate login details to begin trading:
Click 'Start Trading', use the Username and Password and following the instructions from Tradovate.
Then click where it says Launch to access to the Simulation Environment (these are simulated accounts)
If it's your first purchase, you will be prompted to sign the Non Professional Data agreement.
This is mandatory step. If you don't sign the agreement, you wont have real time data.
Articles to Help you Setup the Platform:
- Platform | Tradovate Setup and Configuration
- Platform | NinjaTrader 8 Setup Guide
First choose an account of your preference, sign up and complete your purchase. After that you'll receive immediate access to begin trading. Here's your step-by-step setup process:
+ This guide shows the setup for a Tradovate account. Rithmic and WealthCharts accounts have their own setup guides. For Rithmic, see the Tradesea Setup Guide, Quantower Setup Guide, Sierra Chart Setup Guide, or R|Trader Pro Setup Guide. For WealthCharts, see the WealthCharts Platform Overview.
Step 1: Account Purchase
First, go to https://www.tradeify.co/#pricing-section to see our current plans and prices. In this case, I am Starting With a Growth 150k account
Once you have signed up to an evaluation you will be sent to the following page:
You can access your Tradovate login details via the 'Go to Dashboard' link or through the email confirmation that you will receive.
If you click on 'Go to Dashboard' you will see your Tradovate login details to begin trading:
Click 'Start Trading', use the Username and Password and following the instructions from Tradovate.
Then click where it says Launch to access to the Simulation Environment (these are simulated accounts)
If it's your first purchase, you will be prompted to sign the Non Professional Data agreement.
This is mandatory step. If you don't sign the agreement, you wont have real time data.
Articles to Help you Setup the Platform:
- Platform | Tradovate Setup and Configuration
- Platform | NinjaTrader 8 Setup Guide
PremierTradeify · KYC and AML Policy | Tradeify Help CenterIdentity verification timing requirements changed based on account type and geographic location, with separate rules for Tradeify Futures versus Tradeify 247.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
− Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
Section: Our KYC and AML Policy
− You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
Section: When is it required?
− - Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
− - Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- Crypto purchases require identity verification at the time of purchase, regardless of account type.
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
- Upload a valid government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Complete the liveness check (a brief selfie verification to confirm you match your ID)
- Wait for automated approval (typically within minutes)
After approval
Once your Tradeify verification is approved, you will receive an invitation to complete payout provider verification (Step 2).
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
− If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
When do I need to complete KYC?
− For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is part of your purchase. For evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X), it's required after you pass — before your funded account is activated. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
How long does verification take?
Tradeify verification is usually approved within minutes (automated). Payout provider verification (Rise) typically takes 1-3 business days.
What if my verification fails?
Contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information between your ID and account details.
Which payout provider will I use?
− Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, you may contact support to explore other options.
Do I have to complete this even if I live in the US?
Yes. All funded traders, both domestic and international, must complete KYC verification.
Is my data secure?
Yes. Both Tradeify and our payout providers use industry-standard encryption and security practices to protect your personal information.
What AML checks does Tradeify perform?
Through Sumsub, we screen every funded trader against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media. Screening is re-run on an ongoing basis, not just at signup. This is a regulatory requirement and is also required by our banking and payout partners.
I already have a Rise account. Do I need to verify again?
If your Rise account is in good standing and uses the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved. You still need to complete Tradeify's verification separately.
After
+ Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required for every funded trader. When it is required depends on whether you trade with Tradeify Futures or Tradeify 247 — see "When is it required?" below. Payout provider verification with Rise is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
Section: Our KYC and AML Policy
+ You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard, and you can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below, including when it is required for your account.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
+ - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required before your first payout, or earlier in the cases listed under Step 1.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
Section: When is it required?
+ - Tradeify Futures (Growth, Select, Lightning): identity verification is required before your first payout
+ - Tradeify Futures, residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates: identity verification is required before you receive a funded account, including Lightning Funded accounts
+ - Tradeify 247 Instant Funding: identity verification is part of your purchase
+ - Tradeify 247 evaluations (2-Step, 1-Step, and legacy APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- Crypto purchases require identity verification at the time of purchase, regardless of account type.
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
- Upload a valid government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Complete the liveness check (a brief selfie verification to confirm you match your ID)
- Wait for automated approval (typically within minutes)
After approval
Once your Tradeify verification is approved, you will receive an invitation to complete payout provider verification (Step 2).
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
+ Rise is Tradeify's default payout provider.
+ Tradeify Futures: if Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ Yes. Both Tradeify identity verification and payout provider verification are required before you receive your first payout (and identity verification may be needed earlier, as explained below).
When do I need to complete KYC?
+ Tradeify Futures: before your first payout; residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates must complete it before they receive a funded account. Tradeify 247: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass and before activation for 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. On both brands, crypto purchases require it at checkout. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
How long does verification take?
Tradeify verification is usually approved within minutes (automated). Payout provider verification (Rise) typically takes 1-3 business days.
What if my verification fails?
Contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information between your ID and account details.
Which payout provider will I use?
+ Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, Tradeify Futures uses Plane as the alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
Do I have to complete this even if I live in the US?
Yes. All funded traders, both domestic and international, must complete KYC verification.
Is my data secure?
Yes. Both Tradeify and our payout providers use industry-standard encryption and security practices to protect your personal information.
What AML checks does Tradeify perform?
Through Sumsub, we screen every funded trader against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media. Screening is re-run on an ongoing basis, not just at signup. This is a regulatory requirement and is also required by our banking and payout partners.
I already have a Rise account. Do I need to verify again?
If your Rise account is in good standing and uses the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved. You still need to complete Tradeify's verification separately.
− Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required to activate your funded account — it's part of your purchase for Instant Funding accounts, and is required after you pass for evaluation accounts. Payout provider verification is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
+ Tradeify runs two separate verifications. Identity verification (KYC and AML) is required for every funded trader. When it is required depends on whether you trade with Tradeify Futures or Tradeify 247 — see "When is it required?" below. Payout provider verification with Rise is a separate step you complete before your first payout. This guide explains both.
Our KYC and AML Policy
Tradeify is required by regulators and by our vendor and banking partners to enforce both Know Your Customer (KYC) and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) controls on every funded trader. We perform these checks through Sumsub, a regulated identity-verification and AML compliance provider.
Our KYC checks confirm a trader's real identity (government-issued ID plus a liveness selfie). Our AML screening checks every applicant against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media, and re-screens on an ongoing basis for the duration of the funded relationship.
Section: Our KYC and AML Policy
− You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard. For Instant Funding accounts it's part of your purchase; for evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X) it's required after you pass, before your funded account is activated. You can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below.
+ You complete identity verification from your Tradeify dashboard, and you can start it at any time. Step-by-step details are below, including when it is required for your account.
Overview: Two-Step Verification
Tradeify requires two separate verifications:
Section: Overview: Two-Step Verification
− - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required to activate your funded account: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluation accounts.
+ - Tradeify Identity Verification (KYC/AML) — in your Tradeify dashboard. Required before your first payout, or earlier in the cases listed under Step 1.
- Payout Provider Verification — through Rise. Required before your first payout.
Both verifications are required to comply with KYC (Know Your Customer) and AML (Anti-Money Laundering) regulations. These protect both you and Tradeify from fraud and ensure secure, lawful payouts.
Step 1: Tradeify Identity Verification
Tradeify's identity verification confirms you are who you say you are. This step is powered by Sumsub, who handles both our KYC (identity verification) and AML (anti-money-laundering screening) requirements in a single flow.
When is it required?
Section: When is it required?
− - Instant Funding accounts: identity verification is part of your purchase
− - Evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
+ - Tradeify Futures (Growth, Select, Lightning): identity verification is required before your first payout
+ - Tradeify Futures, residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates: identity verification is required before you receive a funded account, including Lightning Funded accounts
+ - Tradeify 247 Instant Funding: identity verification is part of your purchase
+ - Tradeify 247 evaluations (2-Step, 1-Step, and legacy APE-X): identity verification is required after you pass, before your funded account is activated
- Crypto purchases require identity verification at the time of purchase, regardless of account type.
- You can start it at any time from your dashboard — we recommend completing it early to avoid delays
How to complete Tradeify verification
- Log in to your Tradeify dashboard
- Navigate to the verification/KYC section
- Upload a valid government-issued ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Complete the liveness check (a brief selfie verification to confirm you match your ID)
- Wait for automated approval (typically within minutes)
After approval
Once your Tradeify verification is approved, you will receive an invitation to complete payout provider verification (Step 2).
If verification fails
If your verification is rejected, please contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information.
Step 2: Payout Provider Verification
After completing Tradeify verification, you must also complete verification with your payout provider. This is a separate verification process required by the payment processor.
Rise (Default Provider)
Rise is Tradeify's primary payout provider for most countries.
- After your Tradeify KYC is approved, you'll receive a Rise onboarding invitation via email
- Complete Rise's verification process (ID, address verification, tax forms)
- Set up your Rise Wallet for receiving payouts
- Rise supports bank transfers and crypto withdrawals
- Processing typically takes 1-3 business days
If you already have a verified Rise account with the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved.
Section: Rise (Default Provider)
− Tradeify uses Rise exclusively for payouts. If Rise doesn't support your country, contact Tradeify support for assistance.
− If Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider.
+ Rise is Tradeify's default payout provider.
+ Tradeify Futures: if Rise is not available in your country, Tradeify will use Plane as an alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
What Documents Do I Need?
For Tradeify Verification
- Government-issued photo ID (passport, driver's license, or national ID)
- Yourself (for liveness selfie check)
For Payout Provider (Rise)
- Government-issued ID
- Proof of address (utility bill, bank statement)
- Tax information (W-9 for US residents, W-8BEN for international)
Frequently Asked Questions
Do I need to complete both verifications?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− Yes. Tradeify identity verification is required to activate your funded account (part of your purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass for evaluations), and payout provider verification is required before you receive payouts.
+ Yes. Both Tradeify identity verification and payout provider verification are required before you receive your first payout (and identity verification may be needed earlier, as explained below).
When do I need to complete KYC?
− For Instant Funding accounts, KYC is part of your purchase. For evaluation accounts (2-Step, 1-Step, APE-X), it's required after you pass — before your funded account is activated. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
+ Tradeify Futures: before your first payout; residents of Brazil, China, Italy, Mexico, Romania, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Thailand, and the United Arab Emirates must complete it before they receive a funded account. Tradeify 247: at purchase for Instant Funding, or after you pass and before activation for 2-Step and 1-Step evaluations. On both brands, crypto purchases require it at checkout. You can start identity verification at any time from your dashboard, and we recommend doing it early to avoid delays.
How long does verification take?
Tradeify verification is usually approved within minutes (automated). Payout provider verification (Rise) typically takes 1-3 business days.
What if my verification fails?
Contact Tradeify support for assistance. Common issues include blurry documents or mismatched information between your ID and account details.
Which payout provider will I use?
− Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, you may contact support to explore other options.
+ Rise is the default provider for most countries. If Rise doesn't support your country, Tradeify Futures uses Plane as the alternative payout provider. Tradeify 247 also offers crypto payouts through Confirmo.
Do I have to complete this even if I live in the US?
Yes. All funded traders, both domestic and international, must complete KYC verification.
Is my data secure?
Yes. Both Tradeify and our payout providers use industry-standard encryption and security practices to protect your personal information.
What AML checks does Tradeify perform?
Through Sumsub, we screen every funded trader against global sanctions lists, politically exposed persons (PEP) databases, and adverse media. Screening is re-run on an ongoing basis, not just at signup. This is a regulatory requirement and is also required by our banking and payout partners.
I already have a Rise account. Do I need to verify again?
If your Rise account is in good standing and uses the same email as your Tradeify account, your Rise verification may be automatically approved. You still need to complete Tradeify's verification separately.
PremierTradeify · Legacy Live Program - Complete Guide | Tradeify Help CenterSPIFF performance bonuses were replaced by Reward Pools; legacy program notice updated accordingly.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
− This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
After
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
+ SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
LEGACY PROGRAM NOTICE
− This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
+ SPIFF performance bonuses described in this article have ended and were replaced by Reward Pools. This article describes the legacy Live program for accounts purchased before December 3, 2025, 12:00 AM EST.
For the current Tradeify Elite Live program, see Tradeify Elite Program.
Traders with accounts purchased before December 3, 2025 may choose between the legacy program (described here) or the new Tradeify Elite program.
Understanding Your Legacy Live Starting Balance
Key concept: In Legacy Live, your "starting balance" is YOUR money - it's the Sim profits you earned that Tradeify carries forward when you transition to Live.
How it works:
- Your Sim profits (up to 10% per account) are carried forward as your starting balance
- This starting balance IS withdrawable after meeting requirements
- Multiple accounts combine into one: Up to 5 Sim accounts → all carry-over combines into ONE single Live account
- Example: 5 x 150K accounts → up to $75,000 starting balance ($15K × 5) in your single Live account
Your Legacy Live starting balance came from your trading success across all your Sim accounts - it's the reward for your Sim performance, consolidated into one Live account.
Overview
The legacy Live program provided traders with the opportunity to transition from Simulated Funded accounts to a single Live Funded account after completing four payouts. This program included:
PremierTradeify · Tradeify Elite Program | Tradeify Help CenterArticle clarifies that EOD drawdown limit is enforced in real time during trading sessions despite daily recalculation.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Elite Account Parameters
Elite traders can have up to 5 live accounts depending on how many accounts were eligible to move live.
Elite Live accounts include fixed drawdowns, expanded contract limits, and no Daily Loss Limit (DLL).
The table below outlines the account setup based on the account size that transitions to live. All accounts start with a balance of $0.
Account | Start Balance | EOD Drawdown | Contracts ($0 → DD) | Contracts (Above DD) | DLL
25K Elite | $0 | $1,500 | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | No DLL
50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL
100K Elite | $0 | $3,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | No DLL
150K Elite | $0 | $4,500 | 6 mini / 40 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro | No DLL
300K Elite | $0 | $6,000 | 8 mini / 60 micro | 10 mini / 100 micro | No DLL
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
Section: End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
− The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day — not in real time. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome
Start of Day 1 | $0 | $2,000 drawdown limit | — | —
During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day
End of Day 1 | $500 | Drawdown moves up by $500 → new limit reflects $500 gain | — | —
Start of Day 2 | $0 (after payout) | Drawdown adjusted — only $1,500 of room remaining | Payout processed | Effective drawdown reduced to $1,500
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
After
Elite Account Parameters
Elite traders can have up to 5 live accounts depending on how many accounts were eligible to move live.
Elite Live accounts include fixed drawdowns, expanded contract limits, and no Daily Loss Limit (DLL).
The table below outlines the account setup based on the account size that transitions to live. All accounts start with a balance of $0.
Account | Start Balance | EOD Drawdown | Contracts ($0 → DD) | Contracts (Above DD) | DLL
25K Elite | $0 | $1,500 | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | No DLL
50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL
100K Elite | $0 | $3,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | No DLL
150K Elite | $0 | $4,500 | 6 mini / 40 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro | No DLL
300K Elite | $0 | $6,000 | 8 mini / 60 micro | 10 mini / 100 micro | No DLL
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
Section: End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
+ The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day. The limit is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value (balance plus open P&L) touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome
Start of Day 1 | $0 | $2,000 drawdown limit | — | —
During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day
End of Day 1 | $500 | Drawdown moves up by $500 → new limit reflects $500 gain | — | —
Start of Day 2 | $0 (after payout) | Drawdown adjusted — only $1,500 of room remaining | Payout processed | Effective drawdown reduced to $1,500
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
Elite Account Parameters
Elite traders can have up to 5 live accounts depending on how many accounts were eligible to move live.
Elite Live accounts include fixed drawdowns, expanded contract limits, and no Daily Loss Limit (DLL).
The table below outlines the account setup based on the account size that transitions to live. All accounts start with a balance of $0.
Account | Start Balance | EOD Drawdown | Contracts ($0 → DD) | Contracts (Above DD) | DLL
25K Elite | $0 | $1,500 | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | No DLL
50K Elite | $0 | $2,000 | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | No DLL
100K Elite | $0 | $3,000 | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | No DLL
150K Elite | $0 | $4,500 | 6 mini / 40 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro | No DLL
300K Elite | $0 | $6,000 | 8 mini / 60 micro | 10 mini / 100 micro | No DLL
These values apply to all Select, Growth, and Lightning accounts.
End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
Section: End-of-Day (EOD) Drawdown
− The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day — not in real time. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
+ The drawdown applied to Elite Live accounts is an End-of-Day (EOD) drawdown, meaning the drawdown limit is recalculated and adjusted once at the end of each trading day. The limit is still enforced in real time: if your net liquidation value (balance plus open P&L) touches it at any moment during the session, the account fails immediately. As profits accumulate throughout the day, the drawdown limit will move up to reflect those gains at the daily close, locking in a higher floor for the trader.
Payout Requests & Drawdown Adjustment
If a Live Trader submits a payout request before the drawdown has locked — specifically before their account balance reaches $100 above the drawdown limit — the payout will not be processed immediately. Instead, it will be held and processed the next business day, allowing the EOD drawdown adjustment to take place first.
As a result, the processed payout will reduce the trader's available balance after the drawdown has already moved up. This effectively gives the trader less drawdown to work with going into the next trading day, since the payout decreases the balance that the adjusted drawdown is anchored to.
Example Walkthrough
Assume a 50K Elite account with an initial End-of-Day drawdown of $2,000 and a starting balance of $0:
Timeline | Balance | Drawdown Status | Payout Request | Outcome
Start of Day 1 | $0 | $2,000 drawdown limit | — | —
During Day 1 | $500 profit made | $2,000 drawdown limit | Payout of $500 requested | Pending — processed next business day
End of Day 1 | $500 | Drawdown moves up by $500 → new limit reflects $500 gain | — | —
Start of Day 2 | $0 (after payout) | Drawdown adjusted — only $1,500 of room remaining | Payout processed | Effective drawdown reduced to $1,500
Key Takeaway: Even though $500 in profit was made, requesting a payout before the EOD lock means the drawdown adjusts upward first, and then the payout is deducted — leaving the trader with only $1,500 of effective drawdown room instead of $2,000. Traders should factor in the timing of payout requests to preserve maximum drawdown flexibility.
When Does Drawdown Lock?
PremierTradeify · Trading Commission Fees | Tradeify Help CenterE-Mini Silver commission fee removed from fee schedule.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT | $9.20
Energy Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX | $6.00
Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX | $6.20
E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX | $5.40
E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX | $4.00
Metal Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Gold | GC | COMEX | $6.20
Copper | HG | COMEX | $6.20
Silver | SI | COMEX | $6.20
− E-Mini Silver | QI | COMEX | $5.00
E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX | $5.00
Platinum | PL | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Palladium | PA | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Micro Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | CBOT | $1.82
Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME | $1.82
Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | CME | $1.82
Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | CME | $1.82
E-Micro Gold | MGC | COMEX | $2.12
Micro Crude Oil | MCL | NYMEX | $2.12
E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME | $1.60
After
Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT | $9.20
Energy Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX | $6.00
Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX | $6.20
E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX | $5.40
E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX | $4.00
Metal Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Gold | GC | COMEX | $6.20
Copper | HG | COMEX | $6.20
Silver | SI | COMEX | $6.20
E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX | $5.00
Platinum | PL | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Palladium | PA | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Micro Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | CBOT | $1.82
Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME | $1.82
Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | CME | $1.82
Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | CME | $1.82
E-Micro Gold | MGC | COMEX | $2.12
Micro Crude Oil | MCL | NYMEX | $2.12
E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME | $1.60
Soybean Meal | ZM | CBOT | $9.20
Energy Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Crude Oil | CL | NYMEX | $6.00
Natural Gas | NG | NYMEX | $6.20
E-Mini Crude Oil | QM | NYMEX | $5.40
E-Mini Natural Gas | QG | NYMEX | $4.00
Metal Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Gold | GC | COMEX | $6.20
Copper | HG | COMEX | $6.20
Silver | SI | COMEX | $6.20
− E-Mini Silver | QI | COMEX | $5.00
E-Mini Gold | QO | COMEX | $5.00
Platinum | PL | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Palladium | PA | NYMEX | Not listed in fee schedule
Micro Futures
Name | Symbol | Exchange | Total Round Trip Cost
Micro E-Mini Dow | MYM | CBOT | $1.82
Micro E-Mini S&P 500 | MES | CME | $1.82
Micro E-Mini NASDAQ | MNQ | CME | $1.82
Micro E-Mini Russell | M2K | CME | $1.82
E-Micro Gold | MGC | COMEX | $2.12
Micro Crude Oil | MCL | NYMEX | $2.12
E-Micro Australian Dollar | M6A | CME | $1.60
PremierTradeify · Select Flex and Select Daily Payout Policies | Tradeify Help CenterSelect 300K buffer increased to $6,100 on V2 (from $5,100), daily payout cap increased to $4,000 on V2 (from $3,500), payout timeframe changed to usually 24 hours, and payout cap structure updated with new tiers effective September 1, 2026.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Section: Buffer System
− Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,250 for a 50K account
- $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Section: Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
− Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
(if account is purchased before Sep 1st,2026 then the cap is $1,000 but if purchased after the cap is $1,250)
- So the trader could request up to $1,000 OR $1,250 (depending on when the account was purchased) as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
- At the end of the session and once your dashboard updates, you will be able to request a payout of your profits above the buffer, up to the payout cap (ensure you meet the Daily Continuity Rule if 2nd payout+).
Section: How Daily Payouts Work
− - Receive your payout within 24-48 hours. Only one payout request can be open at a time — your next request cannot be submitted until this one has been processed.
- Continue trading to build additional profits above the buffer
- Request your next payout once you are eligible again and your previous request has been processed
Best For
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
These eligibility criteria apply across all plan types — Select, Growth, and Lightning. Regardless of which payout policy you choose, your path to live trading follows the same qualification criteria.
For detailed information about the Live Transition process, benefits of Live accounts, and what changes when you transition, please see: Tradeify Elite Program
Important Reminders
- Your choice is permanent - Once you select a payout policy for a funded account, you cannot change it. Choose carefully based on your trading style.
- No refunds or exchanges - If you later decide you prefer the other policy, you'll need to purchase and pass another evaluation.
- Both lead to live trading - Neither policy is "better" than the other. They're designed for different trading styles, but both provide a clear path to live funded trading.
- Scaling is the same - Both policies use identical contract scaling structures as your account equity grows.
- Same max funded accounts - You can hold up to 5 funded accounts total, regardless of which policy or account type you choose across all our funded accounts.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I have both policies on different accounts?
A: Yes, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies for each funded account.
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. Keep in mind that your evaluation purchase gives you a set period to activate. If you don't activate your passed evaluation within the allowed timeframe, you may need to purchase a new evaluation.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
− A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: Can I request another payout while my previous one is still pending or processing?
− A: No. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time, on both Select Daily and Select Flex. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved and paid, or denied) — usually 24-48 hours — then request your next payout once you are eligible again. Daily eligibility on Select Daily means you can become eligible again each session, not that requests can overlap.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
After
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Section: Buffer System
+ Select 300K: $6,100 buffer on V2 (balance of $306,100); $5,100 on V1 (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,250 for a 50K account
- $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Section: Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
+ Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $4,000 per day on V2 ($3,500 on V1), and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
(if account is purchased before Sep 1st,2026 then the cap is $1,000 but if purchased after the cap is $1,250)
- So the trader could request up to $1,000 OR $1,250 (depending on when the account was purchased) as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
- At the end of the session and once your dashboard updates, you will be able to request a payout of your profits above the buffer, up to the payout cap (ensure you meet the Daily Continuity Rule if 2nd payout+).
Section: How Daily Payouts Work
+ - Receive your payout, usually within 24 hours once your Rise onboarding is complete (up to 72 hours over a weekend). Only one payout request can be open at a time — your next request cannot be submitted until this one has been processed.
- Continue trading to build additional profits above the buffer
- Request your next payout once you are eligible again and your previous request has been processed
Best For
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
These eligibility criteria apply across all plan types — Select, Growth, and Lightning. Regardless of which payout policy you choose, your path to live trading follows the same qualification criteria.
For detailed information about the Live Transition process, benefits of Live accounts, and what changes when you transition, please see: Tradeify Elite Program
Important Reminders
- Your choice is permanent - Once you select a payout policy for a funded account, you cannot change it. Choose carefully based on your trading style.
- No refunds or exchanges - If you later decide you prefer the other policy, you'll need to purchase and pass another evaluation.
- Both lead to live trading - Neither policy is "better" than the other. They're designed for different trading styles, but both provide a clear path to live funded trading.
- Scaling is the same - Both policies use identical contract scaling structures as your account equity grows.
- Same max funded accounts - You can hold up to 5 funded accounts total, regardless of which policy or account type you choose across all our funded accounts.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I have both policies on different accounts?
A: Yes, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies for each funded account.
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. You can bank passed evaluations and activate them later when a funded account slot is free.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
+ A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,250/$1,750/$2,500 depending on account size ($600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 for accounts bought before September 1, 2026) — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,250 on a 50K account bought on or after September 1, 2026 ($1,000 if bought before), since that's the cap. Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $4,000 daily cap on V2 ($3,500 on V1) with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: Can I request another payout while my previous one is still pending or processing?
+ A: No. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time, on both Select Daily and Select Flex. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved and paid, or denied) — usually within 24 hours, up to 72 hours over a weekend — then request your next payout once you are eligible again. Daily eligibility on Select Daily means you can become eligible again each session, not that requests can overlap.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
Maximum Drawdown | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,500
Drawdown Mode | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day | End of Day
Daily Loss Limit | $500 | $1,000 | $1,250 | $1,750
Consistency Rule | None | None | None | None
Starting Contracts | 1 mini / 10 micro | 2 mini / 20 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro | 3 mini / 30 micro
Max Contracts (Scaled) | 2 mini / 20 micro | 4 mini / 40 micro | 8 mini / 80 micro | 12 mini / 120 micro
Buffer System
The Daily Payout Policy uses a buffer amount that must be exceeded before you can request payouts:
- 25K Account: $1,100 buffer
- 50K Account: $2,100 buffer
- 100K Account: $2,600 buffer
- 150K Account: $3,600 buffer
Section: Buffer System
− Select 300K: $5,100 buffer (balance of $305,100).
+ Select 300K: $6,100 buffer on V2 (balance of $306,100); $5,100 on V1 (balance of $305,100).
You cannot withdraw profits that would bring your account balance below the buffer amount. Profits above the buffer are eligible for withdrawal, up to the payout cap.
Payout Structure
Payout Frequency: Daily eligibility
Profit Split: 90% trader / 10% firm
Payout Caps
This is the Daily Continuity Rule:
To be eligible for a payout on any day:
Accounts purchased Before Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,000 for a 50K account
- $1,500 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
- They may request up to 2× the profit earned between each payout request, capped at:
- $600 for a 25K account
- $1,250 for a 50K account
- $1,750 for a 100K account
- $2,500 for a 150K account
Section: Accounts purchased After Sep 1st, 2026:
− Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $3,500 per day, and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
+ Select 300K (Daily) works differently: the cap is $4,000 per day on V2 ($3,500 on V1), and 50% of each payout must come from new profit earned since your last payout. The 2× multiplier and the per-size caps above do not apply to the 300K — see 300K Select Account.
This cap resets after each payout cycle.
Minimum payout: $250
Example
A trader with a 50K account has a balance of $53,500 and earned $250 in profit since their last payout.
- 2 × $250 = $500
- The trader is able to request a payout of up to $500 as the trader is more than $500 above the buffer.
- After payout approved the balance is set to $53,000
If instead the trader had earned $700:
- 2 × $700 = $1,400
- But the cap for a 50K account is $1,000
(if account is purchased before Sep 1st,2026 then the cap is $1,000 but if purchased after the cap is $1,250)
- So the trader could request up to $1,000 OR $1,250 (depending on when the account was purchased) as the trader is more than $1,000 above the buffer.
After the payout is completed, profit resets to zero and the next cycle begins.
If instead the trader had earned only $100:
- 2 × $100 = $200
- But the minimum payout is $250
- Not eligible yet — the trader needs at least $125 in profit to request the minimum $250 payout
If the trader had negative profit (lost money since last payout):
- Not eligible — must have positive profit since last payout to request
Subsequent Payouts (2nd Payout and Beyond)
For all payouts after your first, you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle in order to request a payout. This simply ensures traders have made at least some amount of money between requests. As long as you have positive net profit for the payout cycle and meet the buffer requirement, you are eligible for payout.
How Daily Payouts Work
- Trade until your account balance exceeds the buffer requirement
- At the end of the session and once your dashboard updates, you will be able to request a payout of your profits above the buffer, up to the payout cap (ensure you meet the Daily Continuity Rule if 2nd payout+).
Section: How Daily Payouts Work
− - Receive your payout within 24-48 hours. Only one payout request can be open at a time — your next request cannot be submitted until this one has been processed.
+ - Receive your payout, usually within 24 hours once your Rise onboarding is complete (up to 72 hours over a weekend). Only one payout request can be open at a time — your next request cannot be submitted until this one has been processed.
- Continue trading to build additional profits above the buffer
- Request your next payout once you are eligible again and your previous request has been processed
Best For
The Daily Payout Policy works well for traders who:
- Value frequent access to profits
- Trade consistently on a daily basis
- Prefer structured risk management with Daily Loss Limits
- Are comfortable with tighter drawdown parameters
- Want faster cash flow from smaller, regular withdrawals
Contract Scaling Plan (Funded Accounts Only)
Select Funded accounts use a progressive scaling system that increases your contract limits as your account equity grows. Scaling is calibrated at End of Day (EOD), meaning your contract limits update based on your closing balance each trading day.
Important: This scaling plan applies only to funded accounts. During evaluation, you have access to the full contract limits (2/20, 4/40, 8/80, or 12/120 depending on account size).
These eligibility criteria apply across all plan types — Select, Growth, and Lightning. Regardless of which payout policy you choose, your path to live trading follows the same qualification criteria.
For detailed information about the Live Transition process, benefits of Live accounts, and what changes when you transition, please see: Tradeify Elite Program
Important Reminders
- Your choice is permanent - Once you select a payout policy for a funded account, you cannot change it. Choose carefully based on your trading style.
- No refunds or exchanges - If you later decide you prefer the other policy, you'll need to purchase and pass another evaluation.
- Both lead to live trading - Neither policy is "better" than the other. They're designed for different trading styles, but both provide a clear path to live funded trading.
- Scaling is the same - Both policies use identical contract scaling structures as your account equity grows.
- Same max funded accounts - You can hold up to 5 funded accounts total, regardless of which policy or account type you choose across all our funded accounts.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I have both policies on different accounts?
A: Yes, if you pass multiple evaluations, you can choose different payout policies for each funded account.
Q: Do I have to choose immediately after passing?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. Keep in mind that your evaluation purchase gives you a set period to activate. If you don't activate your passed evaluation within the allowed timeframe, you may need to purchase a new evaluation.
+ A: You'll be prompted to choose when you activate the account. Take time to review both options before making your selection. You can bank passed evaluations and activate them later when a funded account slot is free.
Q: Can I test both policies somehow?
A: No, there's no demo or testing option. Review the parameters carefully and choose the policy that best matches your trading approach.
Q: What happens if I breach my funded account?
A: Regardless of policy, a breach means your funded account is terminated. You would need to purchase and pass a new evaluation to receive another funded account.
Q: Does the buffer amount ever change?
A: No, the buffer amounts are fixed for each account size under the Daily Payout Policy and do not change throughout your account lifecycle.
Q: How does the Daily Continuity Rule work?
− A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 depending on account size — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,000 on a 50K account (since that's the cap). Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $3,500 daily cap with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
+ A: You must have profit greater than $0 since your last payout. You may then request up to 2× the profit earned since your last payout, capped at $600/$1,250/$1,750/$2,500 depending on account size ($600/$1,000/$1,500/$2,500 for accounts bought before September 1, 2026) — and your remaining balance must stay above the buffer (you cannot request a payout that would take your account into the buffer). For example, if you earned $250 in profit, you could request up to $500, as long as that keeps your balance above the buffer. If you earned $700, you can request up to $1,250 on a 50K account bought on or after September 1, 2026 ($1,000 if bought before), since that's the cap. Minimum payout is $250. This applies to the 25K to 150K sizes. The Select 300K uses a $4,000 daily cap on V2 ($3,500 on V1) with a 50% new-profit requirement instead — see 300K Select Account.
Q: Does the Daily Continuity Rule apply to Select Flex (5-Day Policy) as well?
A: The Daily Continuity Rule (2× profit multiplier and daily payout caps) only applies to Select Daily. However, both policies share the same core requirement: you must have positive net profit during each payout cycle to be eligible for a payout. The difference is only in the withdrawal formula and caps — not in whether you need to recover losses first. Both Daily and Flex require you to earn back any losses from the current cycle before requesting another payout.
Q: Can I request another payout while my previous one is still pending or processing?
− A: No. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time, on both Select Daily and Select Flex. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved and paid, or denied) — usually 24-48 hours — then request your next payout once you are eligible again. Daily eligibility on Select Daily means you can become eligible again each session, not that requests can overlap.
+ A: No. Only one payout request can be open on an account at a time, on both Select Daily and Select Flex. Wait until your current request has been processed (approved and paid, or denied) — usually within 24 hours, up to 72 hours over a weekend — then request your next payout once you are eligible again. Daily eligibility on Select Daily means you can become eligible again each session, not that requests can overlap.
Q: If I lose money after a payout, do I have to earn it all back before I can request another payout?
A: Yes, on both Select Flex and Select Daily. After each payout, your profit tracking resets to zero for the new payout cycle. If you lose money, your cycle profit goes negative. You must trade back to net positive for the current cycle before you are eligible for another payout request. This is true even if your overall account balance is still above the buffer. Example: If you take a payout and then lose $2,000 over the next few days, you need to earn back that $2,000 plus at least $1 more in profit before you can request your next payout — regardless of which payout policy you chose.
Q: Is the loss recovery requirement different between Select Flex and Select Daily?
A: No. Both policies require positive net profit during each payout cycle. The difference between the two policies is how much you can withdraw once you are eligible — not whether you need to recover losses first. On Daily, your payout is capped at 2x your cycle profit (up to the payout cap - depending on account size). On Flex, your payout is up to 50% of your total profits (up to the payout cap depending on account size). But both require you to be net positive for the cycle.
Q: After my first payout, is the 50% calculated from just the current cycle's profit or my total profits?
A: The 50% is calculated from your total profits (current balance minus starting balance), not just the profits from the current cycle. For example, if your starting balance was $50,000 and you're now at $54,000, your total profit is $4,000, so you're eligible to withdraw up to $2,000 (50% of $4,000), assuming you've met the 5 winning days requirement for this cycle.
Q: What happens to my drawdown after my first payout?
A: Your maximum trailing drawdown locks when your End of Day balance exceeds your drawdown amount by $100. Once locked, the drawdown limit becomes a fixed floor at $100 above your starting balance and never moves up again. This applies to both Select Flex and Select Daily policies.
Lock trigger balances (EOD):
- 25K Account: $26,100 (Flex) / $26,100 (Daily) → Locks at $25,100
- 50K Account: $52,100 (Flex) / $52,100 (Daily) → Locks at $50,100
- 100K Account: $103,100 (Flex) / $102,600 (Daily) → Locks at $100,100
PremierTradeify · Growth Funded: Account Payout Policy | Tradeify Help CenterPayment issuance timeframe changed from 24-48 hours to 24 hours, with Rise onboarding completion now required.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$25,000 | $26,500
$50,000 | $53,000
$100,000 | $104,500
$150,000 | $156,500
Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$50,000 | $52,100
$100,000 | $103,600
$150,000 | $155,100
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
Section: Payout Window
− - Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24-48 hours after the withdrawal has been processed.
- Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
See this table:
Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account
1 | $1,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500
2 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
After
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$25,000 | $26,500
$50,000 | $53,000
$100,000 | $104,500
$150,000 | $156,500
Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$50,000 | $52,100
$100,000 | $103,600
$150,000 | $155,100
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
Section: Payout Window
+ - Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed, once your Rise onboarding is complete.
- Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
See this table:
Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account
1 | $1,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500
2 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$25,000 | $26,500
$50,000 | $53,000
$100,000 | $104,500
$150,000 | $156,500
Account Balance Needed for Growth purchased before September 12, 2025 at 8:00 AM EST:
ACCOUNT SIZE | MIN BALANCE NEEDED
$50,000 | $52,100
$100,000 | $103,600
$150,000 | $155,100
Payout Window
- Payout requests can be submitted directly from your dashboard once payout conditions have been met.
Section: Payout Window
− - Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24-48 hours after the withdrawal has been processed.
+ - Once your payout status is changed to APPROVED, your funds are immediately withdrawn from your account. Payments will be issued within 24 hours after the withdrawal has been processed, once your Rise onboarding is complete.
- Payout requests submitted outside of normal business hours (Mon-Fri, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. EST and all Federal holidays) may take up to 72 hours to process.
Maximum Payout Per Request (Payout Tiers)
The minimum payout amounts are:
- $250 for $25k accounts
- $500 for $50k accounts
- $1,000 for $100k accounts
- $1,500 for $150k accounts
The maximum payout is the most you can withdraw per payout request, based on your account size and payout number (see the table below). These are hard caps — even if your account balance is higher, you can only withdraw up to the amount shown for that payout number; the rest stays in your account for future payouts.
See this table:
Payout Number | $25k Account | $50k Account | $100k Account | $150k Account
1 | $1,000 | $1,500 | $2,000 | $2,500
2 | $1,000 | $2,000 | $2,500 | $3,000
PremierTradeify · How do I Reset a Failed Evaluation? | Tradeify Help CenterFree resets now also available through Rewards Center prizes, in addition to TradeifyTV giveaways.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
If you break a rule and fail an Evaluation, you can reset your account at any time.
1- Click the "Reset" button on the failed account card.
2- After clicking "Reset", a new pop up will appear where you'll be able to Reset the account with Direct Payment (Only Option).
3- After clicking Submit, a new account with new account numbers will be created on your dashboard. It will have the same account type and settings as your previous account.
Reset FAQs
Q: Why don't I see a Reset button on my account?
A: The most common reason is that your account has expired. Purchase a new account from the dashboard if you'd like to continue trading. Other reasons include: your account is a Lightning Funded or Sim Funded account (which don't have reset options), or your account is still active and hasn't actually failed yet.
Q: How long does a reset last?
A: All Evaluation accounts are one-time purchases. After resetting, your new account remains active until you either pass the Evaluation or fail again. There are no recurring fees or renewal dates.
Q: Can I get my balance restored after a loss?
A: Balance restorations are only provided for confirmed platform-wide incidents affecting many users, such as server outages. Losses from normal trading, market volatility, or exchange-level events (like CME halts) are not eligible for restoration.
Q: Can I get a free reset?
Section: Reset FAQs
− A: Free resets are only available through TradeifyTV giveaways. They cannot be requested or given as accommodations, even for loyal clients or those who have received prior accommodations. This policy ensures fairness for all traders.
Q: Can I use a promo code for resets?
A: No, promo codes and discount codes do not apply to reset purchases. Reset fees have fixed pricing and cannot be discounted.
Q: Do reset credits expire?
A: No, reset credits do not expire. This includes courtesy reset credits. You can save them for future use. All sales are final per our Terms of Service.
Important Notes
- There is no reset option for Lightning Funded or Sim Funded accounts. If you fail these accounts, the failure is permanent and you will need to purchase a new account to continue trading.
- Resets are only available for Evaluation accounts (Growth and Select Evaluations).
After
If you break a rule and fail an Evaluation, you can reset your account at any time.
1- Click the "Reset" button on the failed account card.
2- After clicking "Reset", a new pop up will appear where you'll be able to Reset the account with Direct Payment (Only Option).
3- After clicking Submit, a new account with new account numbers will be created on your dashboard. It will have the same account type and settings as your previous account.
Reset FAQs
Q: Why don't I see a Reset button on my account?
A: The most common reason is that your account has expired. Purchase a new account from the dashboard if you'd like to continue trading. Other reasons include: your account is a Lightning Funded or Sim Funded account (which don't have reset options), or your account is still active and hasn't actually failed yet.
Q: How long does a reset last?
A: All Evaluation accounts are one-time purchases. After resetting, your new account remains active until you either pass the Evaluation or fail again. There are no recurring fees or renewal dates.
Q: Can I get my balance restored after a loss?
A: Balance restorations are only provided for confirmed platform-wide incidents affecting many users, such as server outages. Losses from normal trading, market volatility, or exchange-level events (like CME halts) are not eligible for restoration.
Q: Can I get a free reset?
Section: Reset FAQs
+ A: Free resets are only available through TradeifyTV giveaways and Rewards Center prizes. They cannot be requested or given as accommodations, even for loyal clients or those who have received prior accommodations. This policy ensures fairness for all traders.
Q: Can I use a promo code for resets?
A: No, promo codes and discount codes do not apply to reset purchases. Reset fees have fixed pricing and cannot be discounted.
Q: Do reset credits expire?
A: No, reset credits do not expire. This includes courtesy reset credits. You can save them for future use. All sales are final per our Terms of Service.
Important Notes
- There is no reset option for Lightning Funded or Sim Funded accounts. If you fail these accounts, the failure is permanent and you will need to purchase a new account to continue trading.
- Resets are only available for Evaluation accounts (Growth and Select Evaluations).
If you break a rule and fail an Evaluation, you can reset your account at any time.
1- Click the "Reset" button on the failed account card.
2- After clicking "Reset", a new pop up will appear where you'll be able to Reset the account with Direct Payment (Only Option).
3- After clicking Submit, a new account with new account numbers will be created on your dashboard. It will have the same account type and settings as your previous account.
Reset FAQs
Q: Why don't I see a Reset button on my account?
A: The most common reason is that your account has expired. Purchase a new account from the dashboard if you'd like to continue trading. Other reasons include: your account is a Lightning Funded or Sim Funded account (which don't have reset options), or your account is still active and hasn't actually failed yet.
Q: How long does a reset last?
A: All Evaluation accounts are one-time purchases. After resetting, your new account remains active until you either pass the Evaluation or fail again. There are no recurring fees or renewal dates.
Q: Can I get my balance restored after a loss?
A: Balance restorations are only provided for confirmed platform-wide incidents affecting many users, such as server outages. Losses from normal trading, market volatility, or exchange-level events (like CME halts) are not eligible for restoration.
Q: Can I get a free reset?
Section: Reset FAQs
− A: Free resets are only available through TradeifyTV giveaways. They cannot be requested or given as accommodations, even for loyal clients or those who have received prior accommodations. This policy ensures fairness for all traders.
+ A: Free resets are only available through TradeifyTV giveaways and Rewards Center prizes. They cannot be requested or given as accommodations, even for loyal clients or those who have received prior accommodations. This policy ensures fairness for all traders.
Q: Can I use a promo code for resets?
A: No, promo codes and discount codes do not apply to reset purchases. Reset fees have fixed pricing and cannot be discounted.
Q: Do reset credits expire?
A: No, reset credits do not expire. This includes courtesy reset credits. You can save them for future use. All sales are final per our Terms of Service.
Important Notes
- There is no reset option for Lightning Funded or Sim Funded accounts. If you fail these accounts, the failure is permanent and you will need to purchase a new account to continue trading.
- Resets are only available for Evaluation accounts (Growth and Select Evaluations).
PremierTradeify · Rules: Restricted Countries | Tradeify Help Center58 is now 65.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
Barbados | Israel | Pakistan | Turkey
Belarus | Jamaica | Panama | Uganda
Bosnia & Herzegovina | Kazakhstan | Palestine | Ukraine
Botswana | Kosovo | Papua New Guinea | Venezuela
Bulgaria | Kyrgyzstan | Russia | Vietnam
Burma (Myanmar) | Laos | | Yemen
Burundi | Lebanon | | Zimbabwe
Cambodia | Liberia | |
Central African Republic | Libya | |
Côte d'Ivoire | | |
Crimea | | |
Cuba | | |
Section: Completely Restricted Countries
− Full alphabetical list (58 countries): Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antarctica, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Barbados, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Côte d'Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kosovo, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Macao, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Palestine, Papua New Guinea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Tajikistan, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Live Account Eligibility
If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
After
Barbados | Israel | Pakistan | Turkey
Belarus | Jamaica | Panama | Uganda
Bosnia & Herzegovina | Kazakhstan | Palestine | Ukraine
Botswana | Kosovo | Papua New Guinea | Venezuela
Bulgaria | Kyrgyzstan | Russia | Vietnam
Burma (Myanmar) | Laos | | Yemen
Burundi | Lebanon | | Zimbabwe
Cambodia | Liberia | |
Central African Republic | Libya | |
Côte d'Ivoire | | |
Crimea | | |
Cuba | | |
Section: Completely Restricted Countries
+ Full alphabetical list (65 countries): Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antarctica, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Barbados, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Côte d'Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kosovo, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Macao, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Palestine, Papua New Guinea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Tajikistan, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Live Account Eligibility
If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
Barbados | Israel | Pakistan | Turkey
Belarus | Jamaica | Panama | Uganda
Bosnia & Herzegovina | Kazakhstan | Palestine | Ukraine
Botswana | Kosovo | Papua New Guinea | Venezuela
Bulgaria | Kyrgyzstan | Russia | Vietnam
Burma (Myanmar) | Laos | | Yemen
Burundi | Lebanon | | Zimbabwe
Cambodia | Liberia | |
Central African Republic | Libya | |
Côte d'Ivoire | | |
Crimea | | |
Cuba | | |
Section: Completely Restricted Countries
− Full alphabetical list (58 countries): Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antarctica, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Barbados, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Côte d'Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kosovo, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Macao, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Palestine, Papua New Guinea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Tajikistan, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
+ Full alphabetical list (65 countries): Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Antarctica, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Barbados, Belarus, Bosnia & Herzegovina, Botswana, Bulgaria, Burma (Myanmar), Burundi, Cambodia, Central African Republic, Crimea, Cuba, Côte d'Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Ecuador, Ethiopia, Ghana, Iceland, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Israel, Jamaica, Kazakhstan, Kosovo, Kyrgyzstan, Laos, Lebanon, Liberia, Libya, Macao, Malaysia, Mauritius, Mongolia, Montenegro, Morocco, Nicaragua, North Korea, Pakistan, Panama, Palestine, Papua New Guinea, Russia, Somalia, South Sudan, Sri Lanka, Sudan, Syria, Tajikistan, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Uganda, Ukraine, Venezuela, Vietnam, Yemen, Zimbabwe.
Frequently Asked Questions
Q: Can I trade while traveling to a restricted country?
A: Yes. These restrictions apply to your country of residency (where you permanently live), not your current physical location. If you are a resident of an eligible country (like the US) but traveling to or vacationing in a restricted country, you can continue trading normally.
Q: I live in a restricted country but I'm currently traveling elsewhere. Can I trade?
A: No. If your permanent residence is in a restricted country, you cannot access Tradeify's services regardless of your current location.
Live Account Eligibility
If your application for a Live Account is denied, you will not be permitted to return to the Simulated stage.
PremierTradeify · Rules: Permitted Times to Trade | Tradeify Help CenterAnswer clarified to emphasize positions cannot extend across multiple trading sessions.Oct 16
▸ View exact changes
What the page said before and after
Before
A: Eastern Time (ET). This is Eastern Standard Time (EST) in winter and Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) in summer.
Q: Can I hold positions through the 5-6 PM maintenance break?
A: No. All positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET before the maintenance break.
Q: Will my account fail if I forget to close positions?
A: No. Tradeify will automatically close any open positions at market close. This does not fail your account, but you may experience unfavorable fills.
Q: Does this rule apply to Live accounts?
A: Yes. The no overnight positions rule applies to ALL Tradeify account types, including Live accounts.
Q: How do I know if a holiday has shortened hours?
A: Holiday market hour announcements are always posted in our Discord server. On shortened days, you must close all positions by 12:59 PM ET.
Q: I traded on Rithmic during a holiday half-day. Why can't I request a payout yet?
A: The day still counts as a trading day, but Rithmic records holiday half-day sessions at the next full market close. Your payout becomes available once that session is recorded. For a Friday holiday half-day, that is the following Monday's market close.
Q: Can I stay positioned overnight?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Yes, within a single trading session. A Tradeify trading session runs from 6:00 PM ET to 4:45 PM ET the next calendar day - that's nearly 23 hours. You can hold a position for the entire session. For example, opening a position at 8:00 PM Monday and closing it at 2:00 PM Tuesday is perfectly fine - that's one continuous session.
What you cannot do:
- Hold through the daily close (positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET)
- Hold through the maintenance window (5:00 PM - 6:00 PM ET)
- Hold over the weekend (Friday close to Sunday open)
Q: Can I hold positions over the weekend?
A: No. All positions must be closed before Friday's market close (4:45 PM ET). You cannot carry positions from Friday into the Sunday evening session.
After
A: Eastern Time (ET). This is Eastern Standard Time (EST) in winter and Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) in summer.
Q: Can I hold positions through the 5-6 PM maintenance break?
A: No. All positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET before the maintenance break.
Q: Will my account fail if I forget to close positions?
A: No. Tradeify will automatically close any open positions at market close. This does not fail your account, but you may experience unfavorable fills.
Q: Does this rule apply to Live accounts?
A: Yes. The no overnight positions rule applies to ALL Tradeify account types, including Live accounts.
Q: How do I know if a holiday has shortened hours?
A: Holiday market hour announcements are always posted in our Discord server. On shortened days, you must close all positions by 12:59 PM ET.
Q: I traded on Rithmic during a holiday half-day. Why can't I request a payout yet?
A: The day still counts as a trading day, but Rithmic records holiday half-day sessions at the next full market close. Your payout becomes available once that session is recorded. For a Friday holiday half-day, that is the following Monday's market close.
Q: Can I stay positioned overnight?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
+ A: Only within a single trading session - you can never hold a position from one session into the next. A Tradeify trading session runs from 6:00 PM ET to 4:45 PM ET the next calendar day - that's nearly 23 hours. You can hold a position for the entire session. For example, opening a position at 8:00 PM Monday and closing it at 2:00 PM Tuesday is perfectly fine - that's one continuous session.
What you cannot do:
- Hold through the daily close (positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET)
- Hold through the maintenance window (5:00 PM - 6:00 PM ET)
- Hold over the weekend (Friday close to Sunday open)
Q: Can I hold positions over the weekend?
A: No. All positions must be closed before Friday's market close (4:45 PM ET). You cannot carry positions from Friday into the Sunday evening session.
A: Eastern Time (ET). This is Eastern Standard Time (EST) in winter and Eastern Daylight Time (EDT) in summer.
Q: Can I hold positions through the 5-6 PM maintenance break?
A: No. All positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET before the maintenance break.
Q: Will my account fail if I forget to close positions?
A: No. Tradeify will automatically close any open positions at market close. This does not fail your account, but you may experience unfavorable fills.
Q: Does this rule apply to Live accounts?
A: Yes. The no overnight positions rule applies to ALL Tradeify account types, including Live accounts.
Q: How do I know if a holiday has shortened hours?
A: Holiday market hour announcements are always posted in our Discord server. On shortened days, you must close all positions by 12:59 PM ET.
Q: I traded on Rithmic during a holiday half-day. Why can't I request a payout yet?
A: The day still counts as a trading day, but Rithmic records holiday half-day sessions at the next full market close. Your payout becomes available once that session is recorded. For a Friday holiday half-day, that is the following Monday's market close.
Q: Can I stay positioned overnight?
Section: Frequently Asked Questions
− A: Yes, within a single trading session. A Tradeify trading session runs from 6:00 PM ET to 4:45 PM ET the next calendar day - that's nearly 23 hours. You can hold a position for the entire session. For example, opening a position at 8:00 PM Monday and closing it at 2:00 PM Tuesday is perfectly fine - that's one continuous session.
+ A: Only within a single trading session - you can never hold a position from one session into the next. A Tradeify trading session runs from 6:00 PM ET to 4:45 PM ET the next calendar day - that's nearly 23 hours. You can hold a position for the entire session. For example, opening a position at 8:00 PM Monday and closing it at 2:00 PM Tuesday is perfectly fine - that's one continuous session.
What you cannot do:
- Hold through the daily close (positions must be closed by 4:45 PM ET)
- Hold through the maintenance window (5:00 PM - 6:00 PM ET)
- Hold over the weekend (Friday close to Sunday open)
Q: Can I hold positions over the weekend?
A: No. All positions must be closed before Friday's market close (4:45 PM ET). You cannot carry positions from Friday into the Sunday evening session.
Firms on this radar
Apex Trader FundingPremierBluSkyPremierBulenoxPremier
DayTraders.comPremierE8 MarketsPremier
FTMO FuturesPremier
FundedNext FuturesPremier
IQ CapitalPremier
Lucid TradingPremierMyFundedFuturesPremier
PhidiasPremier
Take Profit TraderPremier
The Legends TradingPremierTopstepPremier
TradeDayPremierTradeifyPremierAAlpha FuturesUnlistedAAqua FuturesUnlistedBBlue Guardian FuturesUnlistedEEarn2TradeUnlistedFFunded Futures FamilyUnlistedFFunded Futures NetworkUnlistedFFutures EliteUnlistedGGoat Funded FuturesUnlistedHHolaPrimeUnlistedOOneUp TraderUnlistedTThe Trading PitUnlistedTTop One FuturesUnlistedTTraders LaunchUnlisted